Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

CUBIST PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.   PURPOSE
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
2.   DEFINITIONS
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
3.   TERM OF THE PLAN
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
4.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
5.   ADMINISTRATION
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
6.   AUTHORIZATION OF GRANTS
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
7.   SPECIFIC TERMS OF AWARDS
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
8.   ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS
    	
14
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
9.   SETTLEMENT OF AWARDS
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.   LIMITATION OF RIGHTS IN STOCK; NO SPECIAL SERVICE RIGHTS
    	
17
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
11.   UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN AND SECTION 409A
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
12.   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
13.   TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
14.   CORPORATE ARTICLES AND BYLAWS; OTHER COMPANY POLICIES
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
15.   NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
16.   GOVERNING LAW
    	
20
    

 

i

 

CUBIST PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                      Purpose

 

This Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Stock by employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company’s business through the grant of Awards of or pertaining to shares of the Company’s Stock.  The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option plan within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but not all Awards are required to be Incentive Options.

 

2.                                      Definitions

 

As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1.                              Accelerate, Accelerated, and Acceleration, means: (a) when used with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, that as of the time of reference the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock for which it was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms; (b) when used with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall expire with respect to some or all of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units then still otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture; and (c) when used with respect to Performance Units, that the applicable Performance Goals shall be deemed to have been met as to some or all of the Units.

 

2.2.                              Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.

 

2.3.                              Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock Grants.

 

2.4.                              Award  Agreement means an agreement between the Company and the recipient of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

 

2.5.                              Board means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.6.                              Change of Control means (1) the closing of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Stock immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation as before the merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in a single transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (2) the date on which any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or a Subsidiary or employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall become (together with its “affiliates” and “associates,” as defined in Rule 12b-2

 

 

under the Exchange Act) the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the Stock outstanding at the time, with the prior approval of the Board, or (3) a Hostile Change of Control.

 

2.7.                              Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder.

 

2.8.                              Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which in general is responsible for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 5.  For any period during which no such committee is in existence “Committee” shall mean the Board and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Board.

 

2.9.                              Company means Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.10.                        Covered Employee means an employee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.11.                        Exchange Act means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

 

2.12.                        For Cause means dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, intentional and unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, material breach by a Participant of any provision of any employment, nondisclosure, non-competition or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or an Affiliate, and any other type of conduct that is similar to that described in this sentence. The determination of the Company as to the existence of circumstances warranting a termination For Cause shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is a party to an effective employment, retention or similar agreement with the Company or an Affiliate which contains a “cause” definition, such definition shall be controlling for purposes of the Plan.

 

2.13                           Grant  Date means the date as of which an Award is granted, as determined under Section 6.2.

 

2.14                           Hostile Change of Control means (1) the date on which any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or a Subsidiary or employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the company of any of its Subsidiaries shall become (together with its “affiliates” and “associates,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 25% of the Stock outstanding at the time, without the prior approval of the Board; or (2) over a period of 36 consecutive months or less, there is a change in the composition of the Board such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number, if a fraction) ceases, by reason of one or more proxy contests for the election of Board members, to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in the preceding clause (i) who were still in office at the time that election or nomination was approved by the Board.

 

2

 

2.15                           Incentive  Option means an Option which by its terms is to be treated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.16                           Incumbent Directors means, following a Hostile Change of Control, those Board members who were members of the Board immediately prior to such Hostile Change of Control.

 

2.17                           Market  Value means the value of a share of Stock on a particular date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established by the Committee.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Market Value of Stock as of any date is the closing price for the Stock as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or on any other national securities exchange on which the Stock is then listed) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported.

 

2.18                           Nonstatutory  Option means any Option that is not an Incentive Option.

 

2.19                           Officer means any employee of the Company who, from time to time, is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

2.20                           Option means an option to purchase shares of Stock.

 

2.21                           Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan.

 

2.22                           Participant means any holder of an outstanding Award under the Plan.

 

2.23                           Performance Criteria means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals under an Award for the Performance Period applicable to such Award.  Performance Goals will be based on objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any of or to any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, functional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof) and will be limited to: sales; revenues; assets; expenses; earnings or earnings per share; return on equity, investment, capital or assets; one or more operating ratios; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; stock price; stockholder return; income, pre-tax income, net income, operating income, pre-tax profit, operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit; gross margin, operating margin, profit margin, return on operating revenue, return on operating assets, cash from operations, operating ratio or operating revenue; market capitalization; expenses or certain types of expenses; sales of particular products or services; customer acquisition, expansion or retention; acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part) and/or integration activities related thereto; joint ventures, collaborations, licenses and strategic alliances, and/or the management and performance of such relationships; spin-offs, split-ups or similar transactions; reorganizations; recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings; achievement of clinical trial or research objectives; achievement of manufacturing and/or supply chain objectives; achievement of litigation-related objectives and/or objectives related to litigation expenses; achievement of human resource, organizational and/or personnel objectives; achievement of information technology or information services objectives; or achievement of real estate, facilities or space planning objectives.

 

3

 

2.24                           Performance Goals means, for a Performance Period, the written goal or goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria selected by the Committee.  The Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, subsidiary, or an individual, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Affiliate, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either quarterly, annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee. The Committee will, in the manner and within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code in the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, objectively define the manner of calculating the Performance Goal or Goals it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.  To the extent consistent with the requirements of the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may determine that one or more of the Performance Goals applicable to such Award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, but without limitation, acquisitions or dispositions) occurring during the Performance Period that affect the applicable Performance Goal or Goals.

 

2.25                           Performance Period means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, selected by the Committee, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals or other business objectives will be measured for purposes of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Qualified Performance-Based Award.

 

2.26                           Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant, to receive cash, Stock or other Awards, the payment of which is contingent on achieving Performance Goals or other business objectives established by the Committee.

 

2.27                           Plan means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended from time to time, and including any attachments or addenda hereto.

 

2.28                           Qualified Performance-Based Awards means Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.29                           Restricted Stock means shares of Stock that are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

 

2.30                           Restricted Stock Unit means a right to receive shares of Stock at the close of a Restriction Period, subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

 

2.31                           Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, during which the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.32                           Retirement or Retire means, (a) with respect to any Participant who is an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, such person’s termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates after reaching age 65 with at least five (5) years of service as an employee of the Company or its Affiliates, but not including any termination of employment For Cause or for insufficient performance, as determined by the Company; and (b) with respect to any Participant who is a director of the Company, such person’s retirement from the Board after reaching age 65 and serving the number of full terms that are specified from time to time by the

 

4

 

Board in writing, and in effect at the time of such termination, as being the number of full terms that a Director should serve before being considered retired,

 

2.33                           Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, including a right of the Company to reacquire shares of Restricted Stock at less than their then Market Value, arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.

 

2.34                           Stock means common stock, par value $0.001  per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 8.

 

2.35                           Stock Appreciation Right means a right to receive any excess in the Market Value of shares of Stock over a specified exercise price.

 

2.36                           Stock Grant means the grant of shares of Stock not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

 

2.37                           Subsidiary means any corporation which qualifies as a subsidiary of the Company under the definition of “subsidiary corporation” in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.38                           Ten  Percent  Owner means a person who owns, or is deemed within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent corporation of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any Subsidiary).  Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the Grant Date of the Option.

 

3.                                      Term of the Plan

 

Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Board, Awards may be granted under this Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date of approval of the Plan by the Board and ending on December 31, 2020, provided, however, that in no event may an Incentive Option be granted under this Plan after the date immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.  Awards granted pursuant to the Plan during its term shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan.

 

4.                                      Stock Subject to the Plan

 

At no time shall the number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan (including Incentive Options) exceed six million (6,000,000) plus the number of shares of Stock subject to stock options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”) which become available for additional awards thereunder by reason of the forfeiture, cancellation, expiration or termination of those awards, subject, however, to the provisions of this Section 4 and Section 8 of the Plan.  Each Stock Grant Award and each Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units shall reduce the number of shares of Stock available for Awards by two shares for every one share of Stock underlying the Award; each other Award shall reduce the number of shares of Stock available for Awards by one share for every one share of Stock underlying the Award.  When a Stock Appreciation Right is settled for shares of Stock upon exercise, the total number of shares of Stock underlying the Award shall be counted against the

 

5

 

number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan, regardless of the number of shares of Stock used to settle the Stock Appreciation Right upon exercise.  Except for Stock Appreciation Rights that are settled for shares of Stock upon exercise prior to expiration, termination or cancellation, in which case the terms of the preceding sentence shall apply, if any Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any other Award is forfeited by the recipient, the shares of Stock underlying such Award which are not purchased by the Participant or which are forfeited by the Participant shall again be available for Awards to be granted under the Plan to the same extent that the grant of such Award reduced the number of shares of Stock available for Awards under the Plan. If any stock option granted under the 2000 Plan expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any award of restricted stock units under the 2000 plan is forfeited by the recipient, the shares of Stock underlying such award not purchased by the Participant or which are forfeited by the Participant shall become available for Awards to be granted under the Plan to the same extent that the grant of such award reduced the number of shares of Stock available for awards under the 2000 Plan.  Shares of Stock issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury.

 

5.                                      Administration

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Board may itself exercise any of the powers and responsibilities assigned to the Committee under the Plan and when so acting, the Board shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan pertaining to the Committee’s exercise of its authorities hereunder; and provided further, however, that the Committee may delegate to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other employees of the Company who are at or above the level of Vice President the authority to grant Awards hereunder to employees who are not Officers, and to consultants, in accordance with such guidelines as the Committee shall set forth at any time or from time to time (but in no event to any non-employee member of the Board or of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any Affiliate or to the employee (at or above the level of Vice President) granting the Award. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan including the employee, consultant or director to receive the Award and the form of Award.  In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employee, consultant, and director, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Affiliates, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable, in the Committee’s discretion, for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee’s determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

 

6.                                      Authorization of Grants

 

6.1.                              Eligibility.  The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other

 

6

 

Awards, to any employee of or consultant to one or more of the Company and its Affiliates or to any non-employee member of the Board or of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any Affiliate. However, only employees of the Company and of any parent corporation of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any Subsidiary, shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Option.  Further, in no event shall the number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to Options and other Awards granted to any one person in any one calendar year exceed 750,000 shares of Stock (subject to the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan, but only to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code).

 

6.2.                              Date of Grant.  The granting of an Award shall take place at the time specified in the Award Agreement.  Only if expressly so provided in the applicable Award Agreement shall the Grant Date be the date on which the Award Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Participant.

 

6.3.                              General Terms of Awards.  Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in the following Sections), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe.  No Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award, unless and until such Participant shall have complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award (including if applicable delivering to the Company or its designated broker a fully executed copy of an Award Agreement evidencing an Award).   In addition, a Participant will forfeit an Award if the receipt of the Award is subject to the Participant accepting an Award Agreement and the Participant does not accept the Award Agreement in the manner and within the time period after the Award date that the Company and/or its designated broker specifies in writing.

 

6.4.                              Effect of Termination of Employment, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise with respect to any Award, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, if the Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends for any reason other than Retirement or death of such Participant, including because of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate, (a) any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect not later than ninety (90) days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, and (b) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall, to the extent subject to a Risk of Forfeiture, vesting requirements or other similar restrictions, be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to or repurchase by the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.   Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association for purposes of the Plan, provided that it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

(b)                                 Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise with respect to any Award, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, if a Participant Retires or dies, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant or such Participant’s legal representative may be exercised by the Participant or such Participant’s legal representative at any time within the shorter of the applicable option period, as defined in the Award Agreement consistent with Section 7.1(b), or 12 months after the date of the Participant’s Retirement or death, but only to the extent exercisable at the time of such Participant’s Retirement or death.

 

7

 

(c)                                  Solely with respect to an Incentive Option, (i) if a Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends because the Participant dies, such Incentive Option held by such Participant may be exercised by such Participant’s legal representative at any time within the shorter of the applicable option period, as defined in the Award Agreement consistent with Section 7.1(b), or 12 months after the date of the Participant’s death, but only to the extent exercisable at the time of such Participant’s death, and (ii) if the Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends for any reason other than death, including Retirement or because of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate, such Incentive Option shall cease to be exercisable in any respect not later than ninety (90) days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event.

 

6.5.                              Non-Transferability of Awards.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.5, Awards shall not be transferable, and no Award or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  All of a Participant’s rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.  However, the Committee may, at or after the grant of an Award other than an Incentive Option, provide that such Award may be transferred by the recipient to a “family member” (as defined below); provided, however, that any such transfer is without payment of any consideration whatsoever and that no transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion.  For this purpose, “family member” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which the foregoing persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interests, a foundation in which the foregoing persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

7.                                      Specific Terms of Awards

 

7.1.                              Options.

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price.  The price at which shares of Stock may be acquired under each Option shall be not less than 100% of the Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date, or not less than 110% of the Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date in the case of an Incentive Option if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner.

 

(b)                                 Option Period.  No Option may be exercised on or after the earlier of (a) the Option expiration date, as specified in Section 6.4, or (b) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date in the case of an Incentive Option if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner.  In the event that the last date to exercise an Option by its terms falls on a date when the primary stock exchange or national market on which the Company’s Stock is listed (the “Primary Stock Exchange”) is closed, then the expiration date and time for the Option shall be the closing time of the regular market hours for the Primary Stock Exchange on the last date prior to the expiration date that the Primary Stock Exchange is open.

 

8

 

(c)                                  Exercisability.  An Option may be immediately exercisable or become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine.  In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Option, any such Acceleration of the Option would not cause the Option to fail to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents to the Acceleration.

 

(d)                                 Method of Exercise.  An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 15.2, specifying the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised.  The notice shall be accompanied by payment in the form of cash or check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of the shares of Stock to be purchased or, subject in each instance to the Committee’s prior approval, acting in its sole discretion, and to such conditions, if any, as the Committee may deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting effects to the Company,

 

(i) by delivery to the Company of shares of Stock having a Market Value equal to the exercise price of the shares to be purchased, or

 

(ii) by surrender of the Option as to all or part of the shares of Stock for which the Option is then exercisable in exchange for shares of Stock having an aggregate Market Value equal to the difference between (1) the aggregate Market Value of the surrendered portion of the Option, and (2) the aggregate exercise price under the Option for the surrendered portion of the Option, or

 

(iii) if the Stock is traded on an established market, payment through and under the terms and conditions of a formal cashless exercise program, if any, authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company).

 

Receipt by the Company or its designated broker of such notice and payment in any authorized or combination of authorized means shall constitute the exercise of the Option.  Within thirty (30) days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Optionee or his agent a certificate or certificates for the number of shares then being purchased, or shall cause its transfer agent to register such shares in book entry form in the name of the Optionee.  Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)                                  Limit on Incentive Option Characterization.  An Incentive Option shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the number of shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar year do not have an aggregate Market Value (as of the date of the grant of the Option) in excess of the “current limit”.  The current limit for any Optionee for any calendar year shall be $100,000 minus the aggregate Market Value at the date of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first time in the same year under each other Incentive Option previously granted to the Optionee under the Plan, and under each other incentive stock option previously granted to the Optionee under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company and its Affiliates, after December 31, 1986.  Any shares of Stock which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to have

 

9

 

been granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option, otherwise identical in its terms to those of the Incentive Option.

 

(f)                                    Notification of Disposition.  Each person exercising any Incentive Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with the Company to report to the Company any disposition of the shares of Stock issued upon such exercise prior to the expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction, to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy those requirements.

 

7.2.                              Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)                                  Tandem or Stand-Alone.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option (at or, in the case of a Nonstatutory Option, after the award of the Option), or alone and unrelated to an Option.  Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with an Option shall terminate to the extent that the related Option is exercised, and the related Option shall terminate to the extent that the tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised.

 

(b)                                 Exercise  Price.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall have an exercise price of not less than 100% of the Market Value of the Stock on the Grant Date, or in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights awarded in tandem with Options, the exercise price of the related Option.

 

(c)                                  Period.  No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised on or after the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, (ii) the date set forth in the Award Agreement, or (iii) in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights awarded in tandem with Options, the expiration date of the related Option.  In the event that the last date to exercise a Stock Appreciation Right, whether issued alone or in tandem with an Option, by its terms falls on a date when the Primary Stock Exchange is closed, then the expiration date and time for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be the closing time of the regular market hours for the Primary Stock Exchange on the last date prior to the expiration date that the Primary Stock Exchange is open.

 

(d)                                 Other  Terms.  Except as the Committee may deem inappropriate or inapplicable in the circumstances, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to terms and conditions substantially similar to those applicable to a Nonstatutory Option.

 

7.3.                              Restricted Stock.

 

(a)                                  Purchase Price.  Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.

 

(b)                                 Issuance of Shares.  Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award, subject to subsection (c) below, shall be issued, in the Company’s discretion, in either certificate or book entry form, the shares of Restricted Stock underlying such Award.  Such shares shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall bear an appropriate legend or a notation on the records of the Company’s transfer agent referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award

 

10

 

(c)                                  Escrow of Shares.  The Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing shares (if any) of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock underlying such Award.

 

(d)                                 Restrictions and Restriction Period.  During the Restriction Period applicable to shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement.  Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.

 

(e)                                  Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture or Forfeiture of Award.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to the lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote and the right to receive any dividends with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock (but any dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Stock or other securities of the Company shall constitute additional Restricted Stock, subject to the same Risk of Forfeiture as the shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which such shares of Stock or other securities are paid), provided, however that with respect to Awards that vest or have a Risk of Forfeiture that lapses  based on achievement of pre-established performance goals, any dividends otherwise payable during the Restriction Period shall be paid only if, as, and to the extent the Award vests or the Risk of Forfeiture lapses.  Unless the Committee shall have provided otherwise, any such dividend shall be paid, if at all, without interest or other earnings.

 

(f)                                    Lapse of Restrictions.  If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the Risk of Forfeiture shall be removed from the shares of Stock underlying the Award of Restricted Stock and the shares of Stock shall be delivered to the Participant promptly if not theretofore so delivered.

 

7.4.                              Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)                                  Character.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the recipient to such shares of Stock at a close of such Restriction Period as the Committee may establish and subject to a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions relating to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement.  Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                 Form and Timing of Payment.  Settlement of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable Restriction Period.  At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to Stock underlying the Awards of Restricted Stock Units but only following the close of the applicable Restriction Period and then only if the underlying Stock shall have been earned.  Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise, any such dividend equivalents shall be paid, if at all, without interest or other earnings.

 

11

 

7.5.                              Performance Units.

 

(a)           Character. Each Performance Unit shall entitle the recipient to the value of a specified number of shares of Stock, over the initial value for such number of shares, if any, established by the Committee as of the Grant Date, at the close of a specified Performance Period to the extent specified business objectives, including but not limited to Performance Goals, shall have been achieved.

 

(b)                                 Earning of Performance Units. The Committee shall set Performance Goals or other business objectives in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met within the applicable Performance Period, will determine the number of shares of Stock underlying the Performance Units that the increase of value of which will be paid out to the Participant after the applicable Performance Period has ended.

 

(c)                                  Form and Timing of Payment.  Payment of the value of earned Performance Units shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable Performance Period.  At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be entitled to receive any dividends declared with respect to Stock which has been earned in connection with grants of Performance Units which have been earned, but not yet distributed to Participants.  The Committee may permit or, if it so provided as of the Grant Date, require a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Stock  that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with respect to Performance Units, to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code, if applicable.  If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

 

7.6.                              Stock Grants. Stock Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of significant prior or expected contributions to the success of the Company or its Affiliates, as an inducement to employment, in lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate.  Stock Grants shall be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind.  A Stock Grant shall be issued in exchange for such consideration as the Committee shall deem satisfactory pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

7.7.                              Qualified Performance-Based Awards.

 

(a)                                  Purpose.  The purpose of this Section 7.7 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Awards as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the provisions of this Section 7.7 will control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan.  In the course of granting any Award, the Committee may specifically designate the Award as intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award.  However, no Award shall be considered to have failed to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award solely because the Award is not expressly designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, if the Award otherwise satisfies the provisions of this Section 7.7 and the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to “performance-based compensation.”

 

(b)                                 Authority.  All grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards and determination of terms applicable thereto shall be made by the

 

12

 

Committee or, if not all of the members thereof qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of applicable IRS regulations under Section 162 of the Code, a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of such of the members of the Committee as do so qualify.  Any action by such a subcommittee shall be considered the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

 

(c)                                  Applicability.  This Section 7.7 will apply only to those Covered Employees, or to those persons who the Committee determines are reasonably likely to become Covered Employees in the period covered by an Award, selected by the Committee to receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards.  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Awards to Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.7.

 

(d)                                 Discretion of Committee with Respect to Qualified Performance-Based Awards.  Options may be granted as Qualified Performance-Based Awards in accordance with Section 7.1, except that the exercise price of any Option intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award shall in no event be less that the Market Value of the Stock on the Grant Date.  Each Award intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, such as Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Units, shall be subject to satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals.  The Committee will have full discretion to select the length of any applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period, the kind and/or level of the applicable Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or any division or business unit or to the individual.  Any Performance Goal or Goals applicable to Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall be objective, shall be established not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of any applicable Performance Period (or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code) and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the outcome of the Performance Goal or Goals be substantially uncertain (as defined in the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code) at the time established.

 

(e)                                  Payment of Qualified Performance-Based Awards.  A Participant will be eligible to receive payment under a Qualified Performance-Based Award which is subject to achievement of a Performance Goal or Goals only if the applicable Performance Goal or Goals are achieved within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.  In determining the actual size of an individual Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award earned for the Performance Period if the Committee determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

 

(f)                                    Maximum Award Payable.  The maximum Qualified Performance-Based Award payment to any one Participant under the Plan for a Performance Period is the number of shares of Stock set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.1, or if the Qualified Performance-Based Award is paid in cash, that number of shares multiplied by the Market Value of the Stock as of the Grant Date of the Qualified Performance-Based Award.

 

(g)                                 Limitation on Adjustments for Certain Events.  No adjustment of any Qualified Performance-Based Award pursuant to Section 8 shall be made except on such basis, if any, as will not cause such Award to provide other than “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

13

 

7.8.                              Awards to Participants Outside the United States.  The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan granted to a Participant who is, as of the Grant Date or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value that such an Award would have to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the United States.  The Committee may establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award.  No such modification, supplement, amendment, restatement or alternative version may increase the share limit of Section 4.

 

8.                                      Adjustment Provisions

 

8.1.                              Adjustment for Corporate Actions. All of the share numbers set forth in the Plan reflect the capital structure of the Company as of March 24, 2010.  If subsequent to that date the outstanding shares of Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by reason of the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to shares of Stock, as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar distribution with respect to such shares of Stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares of Stock provided in Section 4, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares of Stock or other securities underlying the then outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (without change in the aggregate purchase price for the shares of Stock as to which such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of Restricted Stock  then subject to a Risk of Forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right.

 

8.2.                              Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. In the event of any corporate action not specifically covered by the preceding Section, including but not limited to an extraordinary cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or liquidation, the Committee may make such adjustment of outstanding Awards and their terms, if any, as it, in its sole discretion, may deem equitable and appropriate in the circumstances.  The Committee shall make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in this Section) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

 

8.3.                              Related Matters.  Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to Sections 8.1 or 8.2  shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option exercise prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture, applicable repurchase prices for Restricted Stock, and Performance Goals and other financial objectives which the Committee may deem necessary or

 

14

 

appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 8.  The Committee, in its discretion, may determine that no fraction of a share of Stock shall be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, and in that event if any adjustment hereunder of the number of shares of Stock underlying an Award would cause such number to include a fraction of a share of Stock, such number of shares of Stock shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares. No adjustment of an Option exercise price per share pursuant to Sections 8.1 or 8.2 shall result in an exercise price which is less than the par value of the Stock.

 

8.4.                              Change of Control.  Subject to any provisions of then outstanding Awards granting greater rights to the holders thereof, in the event of a Change of Control any then outstanding Awards shall Accelerate in full.  For the purposes of the preceding sentence (i) in the case of a Change of Control that is not a Hostile Change of Control, the Board (and not the Committee, notwithstanding the responsibilities assigned to the Committee pursuant to Section 5) shall have the discretion to exclude any such Change of Control from the application of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, and (ii) in the case of a Hostile Change of Control, a majority of the Incumbent Directors shall have the discretion to exclude any such Change of Control from the application of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.  To the extent Awards are not assumed, substituted or replaced upon a Change of Control that is not a Hostile Change of Control, the Board (and not the Committee, notwithstanding the responsibilities assigned to the Committee pursuant to Section 5) shall have the discretion to terminate such outstanding Awards to the extent not exercised prior to or simultaneously with such Change of Control and to terminate such other outstanding Awards to the extent not vested prior to or simultaneously with such Change of Control.  Upon a Change of Control, each outstanding Award will be appropriately adjusted simultaneously with such Change of Control in accordance with Section 8.1.

 

9.                                      Settlement of Awards

 

9.1.                              In General.  Options and Restricted Stock shall be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement.  All other Awards may be settled in cash, Stock, or other Awards, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at or after grant and subject to any contrary Award Agreement.  The Committee may not require settlement of any Award in Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence to the extent issuance of such Stock would be prohibited or unreasonably delayed by reason of any other provision of the Plan.

 

9.2.                              Violation of Law.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of shares of Stock underlying an Award may constitute a violation of law, then the Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of a certificate for such shares until (i) approval of the Award shall have been obtained from such governmental agencies, other than the Securities and Exchange Commission, as may be required under any applicable law, rule, or regulation and (ii) in the case where such issuance would constitute a violation of a law administered by or a regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, one of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

 

(a)           the shares of Stock are at the time of the issue of such shares effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

15

 

(b)                                 the Company shall have determined, on such basis as it deems appropriate (including an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) that the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of such shares does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws.

 

9.3.                              Corporate Restrictions on Rights in Stock. Any Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the charter, certificate or articles, and by-laws, of the Company.

 

9.4.                              Investment Representations.  The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any shares of Stock underlying any Award unless the shares to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Participant shall have made such written representations to the Company (upon which the Company believes it may reasonably rely) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of that Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the shares for his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such shares.

 

9.5.                              Registration.  If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or other applicable statutes any shares of Stock issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, or to qualify any such shares of Stock for exemption from the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense.  The Company may require from each recipient of an Award, or each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its Officers and directors from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.  In addition, the Company may require of any such person that he or she agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter in any public offering of shares of Stock, he or she will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Stock during the one hundred eighty (180) day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the underwritten public offering of securities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5, if in connection with any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering requires that the Company’s directors and Officers enter into a lock-up agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or complies with the provisions of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the Company’s directors and Officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request of the Company or such managing underwriter, each such person shall execute and deliver a lock-

 

16

 

up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is required to be executed by the Company’s directors and Officers.

 

9.6.                              Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc.  Each share of Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may bear a reference to the investment representation made in accordance with Section 9.4 in addition to any other applicable restriction under the Plan, and the terms of the Award, and to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect to such shares of Stock.  All shares of Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan (in book entry form or otherwise) shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates or a notation to be on the books of the Company’s transfer agent to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

9.7.                              Tax Withholding. Whenever shares of Stock are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any such shares.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the recipient of an Award.  However, in such cases Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, to satisfy an applicable withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock to satisfy their tax obligations.  Participants may only elect to have shares of Stock withheld having a Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction.  All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee deems appropriate.

 

10.                               Limitation of Rights in Stock; No Special Service Rights

 

A Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Stock subject to an Award, unless and until a certificate shall have been issued therefor and delivered to the Participant or his agent, or such shares shall have been registered in the Participant’s name in book entry form by the Company’s transfer agent (including for these purposes shares of Stock held for the benefit of the Participant by an escrow agent).  Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other association with the Company (or any Affiliate), or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement or provision of law or corporate articles or by-laws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the recipient’s employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates.

 

17

 

11.                               Unfunded Status of Plan and Section 409A

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation, and the Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments with respect to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards hereunder, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.

 

This Plan and Awards granted hereunder are intended to either comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan or in any Award agreement, to the extent that the Committee determines that the Plan or any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, the Committee reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan and/or amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Award in order to cause the Award to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Company or any Affiliate be liable to a Participant on account of an Award’s failure to (i) qualify for favorable federal, state or other tax treatment; or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment under federal, state or other law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.

 

12.                               Nonexclusivity of the Plan

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of equity-based compensation other than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

13.                               Termination and Amendment of the Plan

 

13.1.                        Termination or Amendment of the Plan. The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable.  Unless the Board otherwise expressly provides, no amendment of the Plan shall affect the terms of any Award outstanding on the date of such amendment.

 

13.2.                        Termination or Amendment of Outstanding Awards. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan.  Also within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding Awards or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Awards or of outstanding stock options or other equity-based compensation awards granted by another issuer in return for the grant of new Awards for the same or a different number of shares of Stock and on the same or different terms and conditions (including but not limited to the exercise price of any Option).  Furthermore, subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Award previously granted, or (b) authorize the recipient of an Award to elect to

 

18

 

cash out an Award previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

 

13.3.                        Limitations on Amendments, Etc. The Board may not amend the Plan to (i) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (ii) increase the number of shares of Stock which may be issued under the Plan, except as necessary to carry out the provisions of Section 8 (concerning certain adjustments attributable to corporate actions and other events), (iii) change the description of the persons eligible for Awards under the Plan, or (iv) effect any other change for which shareholder approval is required by law or the rules of any relevant stock exchanges, without shareholder approval.  Neither the Board nor the Committee may reprice any outstanding Award, whether by amendment, by cancellation and regrant, or by reacquiring any outstanding Award in consideration of the grant of a new Award or the payment of other compensation without shareholder approval.  For this purpose, the term “reprice” shall mean any of the following or any other action that has the same effect:  (a) to lower the exercise price of an Option after it is granted, (b) to buy out an outstanding Option at a time when its exercise price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the Stock for cash or shares, (c) to take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, or (d) to cancel an Option at a time when its exercise price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the Stock in exchange for another Option, or any other Award or Company equity, unless such cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification of the Plan by the Board or of an outstanding Award by the Committee shall, without the consent of any Participant with an Award outstanding on the date of such amendment or modification of such Award, (1) reduce the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award, (2) increase the exercise price or the purchase price, as the case may be, of such Award, (3) change the vesting schedule or the Risk of Forfeiture, as the case may be, of such Award in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Participant, or (4) otherwise impair the rights of the Participant; provided, however, that no such consent shall be required if (A) the Board or Committee, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any Change of Control that such amendment or alteration either is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any law or regulation, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, or to meet the requirements of or avoid adverse financial accounting consequences  under any accounting standard, or (B) the Board or Committee, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any Change of Control that such amendment or alteration is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under the Award, or that any such diminution has been adequately compensated.

 

14.                               Corporate Articles and Bylaws; Other Company Policies.

 

This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are subject to the corporate articles and by-laws of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and all other Company policies duly adopted by the Board, the Committee or any other committee of the Board and as in effect from time to time regarding the acquisition, ownership or sale of Stock by employees and other service providers, including without limitation policies intended to limit the potential for insider trading and to avoid or recover compensation payable or paid on the basis of inaccurate financial results or statements, employee conduct, and other similar events.

 

19

 

15.                               Notices and Other Communications

 

15.1                           Notices and Other Communications (other than notices to the Company under Section 7.1(d) and in connection with the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights).  Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be in such form as the Company may determine from time to time, and if required in writing, shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or electronic mail  transmission with a confirmation copy by regular, certified or overnight mail, addressed or facsimilied, as the case may be, (i) if to a Participant, at his or her residence or electronic mail address or facsimile number last filed with the Company, and (ii) if to the Company, except for written notices required to be delivered under Section 7.1(d) and in connection with the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, at its principal place of business, addressed to the attention of its Secretary, or to such other addressee, address, electronic mail address or facsimile number, as the case may be, as the Company may have designated by notice in accordance with this Section 15.1.  All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee; and (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report.

 

15.2                        Notices to the Company under Section 7.1(d) and in connection with the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Unless otherwise determined by the Company, notices required under Section 7.1(d) and in connection with the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be sent to the third party broker designated by the Company to administer the Company’s equity incentive programs (as of the initial effective date of the Plan, Merrill Lynch).  Notices shall be sent to the Company’s designated broker in such manner as the broker may designate in any communications or notifications sent to Participants by mail or electronic mail and/or as set forth on the Company-dedicated website provided and maintained by the Company’s designated broker.

 

16.                               Governing Law

 

The Plan, all Awards and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

20Exhibit 4.4.16

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC,
 as Issuer

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
 as Indenture Trustee

 

SERIES 2011-2 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

dated as of September 28, 2011

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

 

dated as of December 17, 2008

 

$350,000,000
 of
 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

 

Table of Contents

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
DESIGNATION
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE II ARTICLE 5 OF   THE BASE INDENTURE
    	
23
    
	
Section 5A.1
    	
Establishment of Series 2011-2 Subaccounts
    	
23
    
	
Section 5A.2
    	
Allocations with Respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor   Notes
    	
24
    
	
Section 5A.3
    	
Determination of Interest
    	
25
    
	
Section 5A.4
    	
Monthly Application of Collections
    	
26
    
	
Section 5A.5
    	
Payment of Monthly Interest Payment
    	
29
    
	
Section 5A.6
    	
Payment of Principal
    	
29
    
	
Section 5A.7
    	
The Administrator’s Failure to Instruct the Indenture Trustee   to Make a Deposit or Payment
    	
30
    
	
Section 5A.8
    	
Series 2011-2 Reserve Account
    	
30
    
	
Section 5A.9
    	
Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account
    	
31
    
	
Section 5A.10
    	
Series 2011-2 Distribution Account
    	
33
    
	
Section 5A.11
    	
Lease Rate Caps
    	
33
    
	
Section 5A.12
    	
Indenture Trustee As Securities Intermediary
    	
35
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE III AMORTIZATION   EVENTS
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE IV OPTIONAL   PREPAYMENT
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE V SERVICING AND   ADMINISTRATOR FEES
    	
39
    
	
Section 5.1 Servicing Fees
    	
39
    
	
Section 5.2 Administrator   Fee
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VI FORM OF   SERIES 2011-2 NOTES
    	
40
    
	
Section 6.1 Initial Issuance   of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes
    	
40
    
	
Section 6.2 Restricted   Global Notes
    	
40
    
	
Section 6.3 Temporary Global   Notes and Permanent Global Notes
    	
40
    
	
Section 6.4 Definitive Notes
    	
41
    
	
Section 6.5 Transfer   Restrictions
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VII INFORMATION
    	
45
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.1 Ratification of   Indenture
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.2 Governing Law
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.3 Further   Assurances
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.4 Exhibits
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.5 No Waiver;   Cumulative Remedies
    	
47
    
				

 

i

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
Section 8.6 Amendments
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.7 Severability
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.8 Counterparts
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.9 No Bankruptcy   Petition
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.10 SUBIs
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.11 Notice to   Rating Agencies
    	
48
    
	
Section 8.12 Conflict of   Instructions
    	
48
    

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1:           Form of Restricted Global Class A Investor Note
 Exhibit A-2:           Form of Temporary Global Class A Investor Note
 Exhibit A-3:           Form of Permanent Global Class A Investor Note
 Exhibit B-1:            Form of Restricted Global Class B Investor Note
 Exhibit B-2:            Form of Temporary Global Class B Investor Note
 Exhibit B-3:            Form of Permanent Global Class B Investor Note
 Exhibit C-1:            Form of Restricted Global Class C Investor Note
 Exhibit C-2:            Form of Temporary Global Class C Investor Note
 Exhibit C-3:            Form of Permanent Global Class C Investor Note
 Exhibit D-1:            Form of Transfer Certificate
 Exhibit D-2:            Form of Transfer Certificate
 Exhibit D-3:            Form of Transfer Certificate

Exhibit D-4:            Form of Clearing System Certificate

Exhibit D-5:            Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
 Exhibit E:                Form of Monthly Settlement Statement
 Exhibit F:                Form of Lease Rate Cap

 

ii

 

SERIES 2011-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of September 28, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Indenture Supplement”) between CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a special purpose limited liability company established under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation, in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the Base Indenture referred to below, the “Indenture Trustee”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (as amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Indenture Supplements creating new Series of Investor Notes, the “Base Indenture”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

 

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 12.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into an Indenture Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Investor Notes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

DESIGNATION

 

There is hereby created a Series of Investor Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Indenture Supplement and such Series of Investor Notes shall be designated generally as Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes.

 

The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall be issued in three classes: the first of which shall be designated as Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class A, and referred to herein as the Class A Investor Notes, the second of which shall be designated as the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class B, and referred to herein as the Class B Investor Notes and the last of which shall be designated as the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class C, and referred to herein as the Class C Investor Notes.  The Class A Investor Notes, the Class B Investor Notes and the Class C Investor Notes are referred to herein collectively as the “Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.”  The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The net proceeds from the sale of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes (as defined herein) shall be applied in accordance with Section 5A.2(b) and the portion thereof deposited in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount shall be used by the Issuer to fund the Loans to Holdings under the Loan Agreement and the prepayment of the Invested Amounts of other Series of Investor Notes.

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

(a)  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Schedule 1 thereto. All Article, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Sections or Subsections of this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided herein. Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes and not to any other Series of Investor Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(b)  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural form of such terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms:

 

“Additional Interest” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Amortization Event” is defined in Article 3.

 

“Applicable Procedures” is defined in Section 6.5(c).

 

“Calculation Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as calculation agent with respect to the Series 2011-2 Note Rates.

 

“Car” means an automobile or a Light-Duty Truck.

 

“Charge-Off Ratio” means, for any specified Settlement Date, twelve times the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) Aggregate Net Lease Losses for the preceding Monthly Period, divided by (b) the Aggregate Lease Balance as of the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period.

 

“Class A Final Maturity Date” means the April 2024 Payment Date.

 

“Class A Initial Invested Amount” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A Investor Notes, which is $326,750,000.

 

“Class A Interest Shortfall Amount” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class A Invested Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class A Investor Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

“Class A Investor Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2011-2 Global Note that is a Class A Investor Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest in such Series 2011-2 Global Note, as reflected on the books of DTC, or on the books of

 

2

 

a Person maintaining an account with DTC (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of DTC).

 

“Class A Investor Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class A Investor Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

“Class A Investor Notes” means any one of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class A, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, A-2 or A-3.  Definitive Class A Investor Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

“Class A Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Interest Period, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A Note Rate for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, (ii) the Class A Invested Amount on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, after giving effect to any principal payments made on such date, or, in the case of the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the Class A Initial Invested Amount and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Series 2011-2 Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360.

 

“Class A Monthly Interest Payment” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class A Note Rate” means, (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.48744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.25% per annum.

 

“Class B Final Maturity Date” means the April 2024 Payment Date.

 

“Class B Initial Invested Amount” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class B Investor Notes, which is $12,050,000.

 

“Class B Interest Shortfall Amount” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class B Invested Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class B Investor Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

“Class B Investor Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2011-2 Global Note that is a Class B Investor Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest in such Series 2011-2 Global Note, as reflected on the books of DTC, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with DTC (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of DTC).

 

“Class B Investor Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class B Investor Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

3

 

“Class B Investor Notes” means any one of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class B, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, B-2 or B-3.  Definitive Class B Investor Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

“Class B Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Interest Period, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B Note Rate for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, (ii) the Class B Invested Amount on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, after giving effect to any principal payments made on such date, or, in the case of the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Series 2011-2 Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360.

 

“Class B Monthly Interest Payment” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class B Note Rate” means, (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.98744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.75% per annum.

 

“Class C Final Maturity Date” means the April 2024 Payment Date.

 

“Class C Initial Invested Amount” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class C Investor Notes, which is $11,200,000.

 

“Class C Interest Shortfall Amount” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class C Invested Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class C Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class C Investor Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

“Class C Investor Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2011-2 Global Note that is a Class C Investor Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest in such Series 2011-2 Global Note, as reflected on the books of DTC, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with DTC (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of DTC).

 

“Class C Investor Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class C Investor Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

“Class C Investor Notes” means any one of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class C, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1, C-2 or C-3.  Definitive Class C Investor Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

4

 

“Class C Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Interest Period, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class C Note Rate for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, (ii) the Class C Invested Amount on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period, after giving effect to any principal payments made on such date, or, in the case of the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the Class C Initial Invested Amount and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Series 2011-2 Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360.

 

“Class C Monthly Interest Payment” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

“Class C Note Rate” means, (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 2.23744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 2.00% per annum.

 

“Clearstream” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

“Deficiency” is defined in Section 5A.4(b)(i).

 

“Delinquency Ratio” means, for any specified Settlement Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the aggregate billings with respect to all Leases and all Fleet Receivables which were unpaid for 60 days or more from the original due date thereof as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period divided by (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate billings with respect to all Leases and all Fleet Receivables which were unpaid as of the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period and (ii) the aggregate amount billed with respect to all Leases and all Fleet Receivables during the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or its successor, as the Clearing Agency for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.

 

“Equipment” means any Vehicle that is not a Car, a Forklift, a Heavy-Duty Truck, a Medium-Duty Truck, a Truck Body or a Trailer.

 

“Euroclear” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

“Excess Alternative Vehicle Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is not a Car allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is not a Car subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

5

 

over (b) an amount equal to 35.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Equipment Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is Equipment allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is Equipment subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (b) an amount equal to 6.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Forklift Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Forklift allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Forklift subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (b) an amount equal to 3.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Heavy-Duty Truck Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Heavy-Duty Truck allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Heavy-Duty Truck subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

6

 

over (b) an amount equal to 10.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess High Lease Balance Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases having a Lease Balance in excess of $1,000,000 allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (b) an amount equal to 0.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Longer-Term Lease Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the greater of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases having remaining terms of longer than five years allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 20.00% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date and (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases having remaining terms of longer than seven years allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 7.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Medium-Duty Truck Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Medium-Duty Truck allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Medium-Duty Truck subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (b) an amount equal to 15.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess State Obligor Risk Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the Obligor of which is a state or local government or any subdivision thereof, or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (b) an amount equal to 3.00% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Trailer Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

7

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Trailer allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Trailer subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (b) an amount equal to 3.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Truck Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the greater of (a) the sum of (i) the Excess Heavy-Duty Truck Amount on such Settlement Date and (ii) the Excess Medium-Duty Truck Amount on such Settlement Date and (b) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Medium-Duty Truck or a Heavy-Duty Truck allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Medium-Duty Truck or a Heavy-Duty Truck subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (y) an amount equal to 22.50% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Excess Truck Body Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of

 

(i) the aggregate Lease Balance of all Eligible Leases the related Leased Vehicle of which is a Truck Body allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate for each Unit Vehicle which is a Truck Body subject to a Closed-End Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI as of the last day of such Monthly Period of the lesser of (A) the Stated Residual Value of such Unit Vehicle and (B) the Net Book Value of such Unit Vehicle as of the last day of such Monthly Period;

 

over (b) an amount equal to 2.00% of the Aggregate Unit Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

8

 

“Final Maturity Date” means the Class A Final Maturity Date, the Class B Final Maturity Date or the Class C Final Maturity Date.

 

“Finance Charge Rate” means the actual or implicit finance charge rate, exclusive of any management or administrative fee.

 

“Financial Assets” is defined in Section 5A.12(b)(i).

 

“Forklift” means a high-lift, self-loading mobile vehicle, equipped with load carriage and forks, for transporting and tiering loads.

 

“Gross Vehicle Weight” means the maximum manufacturer recommended weight that the axles of a Truck or Tractor can carry including the weight of the Truck or Tractor.

 

“Heavy-Duty Truck” means a Truck or Tractor having a Gross Vehicle Weight of over 33,000 pounds.

 

“Indenture Supplement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Interest Shortfall Amount” means, as of any Payment Date, the sum of (i) any Class A Interest Shortfall Amount, (ii) any Class B Interest Shortfall Amount and (iii) any Class C Interest Shortfall Amount.

 

“Lease Rate Cap Event” means the failure on the part of the Issuer to have the Lease Rate Caps that it is required to have in accordance with Section 5A.11.

 

“LIBOR Determination Date” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the second London Business Day next preceding the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

“Light-Duty Truck” means a Truck having a Gross Vehicle Weight of under 16,001 pounds.

 

“London Business Day” means any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market and banking institutions in London are not authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close.

 

“Management Fee Yield” means, with respect to any Unit Lease for any Settlement Date, the product of (a) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the fixed monthly management or administrative fee payable in respect of such Unit Lease, and the denominator of which is the Lease Balance of such Lease as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (b) 12.

 

“Medium-Duty Truck” means a Truck or Tractor having a Gross Vehicle Weight of between 16,001 pounds and 33,000 pounds.

 

“Monthly Interest Payment” is defined in Section 5A.3(b).

 

9

 

“New York UCC” is defined in Section 5A.12(b)(i).

 

“One-Month LIBOR” means, (i) for the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 0.23744% and (ii) for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

“Outstanding” means, with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, all Series 2011-2 Investor Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture, except (a) Series 2011-2 Investor Notes theretofore canceled or delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for cancellation, (b) Series 2011-2 Investor Notes which have not been presented for payment but funds for the payment of which are on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, and Series 2011-2 Investor Notes which are considered paid pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture, or (c) Series 2011-2 Investor Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Series 2011-2 Investor Notes which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are held by a purchaser for value.

 

“Overconcentration Amount” means, on any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the greatest of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of the Eligible Leases to which the Obligor having the largest aggregate Lease Balance of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI is a party as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 5.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date; provided, however, that if the long-term debt obligations of such Obligor are not rated at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and at least “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s as of such Settlement Date, the amount in this clause (ii) shall equal 3.75% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date, (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of the Eligible Leases to which the

 

10

 

Obligors having the two largest aggregate Lease Balances of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI are a party as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 9.25% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date; provided, however, that if the long-term debt obligations of the Obligor having the largest aggregate Lease Balance of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI are not rated at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and at least “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s as of such Settlement Date, the amount in this clause (ii) shall equal 7.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date, (c) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of the Eligible Leases to which the Obligors having the four largest aggregate Lease Balances of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI are a party as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 17.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date, (d) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of the Eligible Leases to which the Obligors having the five largest aggregate Lease Balances of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI are a party as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 18.75% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date and (e) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Lease Balance of the Eligible Leases to which the Obligors having the ten largest aggregate Lease Balances of Eligible Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI are a party as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (ii) an amount equal to 31.50% of the Aggregate Lease Balance as of such Settlement Date.

 

“Paid-In Advance Loss Ratio” means, for any specified Settlement Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Cost of all Unit Paid-In Advance Vehicles that became Rejected Paid-In Advance Vehicles during the immediately preceding Monthly Period over (ii) all Paid-In Advance Proceeds received by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period for all Unit Paid-In Advance Vehicles that became Rejected Paid-In Advance Vehicles during such Monthly Period and all prior Monthly Periods divided by (b) the aggregate Cost of all Unit Paid-In Advance Vehicles that became Rejected Paid-In Advance Vehicles during the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

 

“Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

“Permanent Global Notes” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

“Prepayment Date” is defined in Article 4.

 

“QIBs” is defined in Section 6.1.

 

“Rating Agencies” means, with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and any other nationally recognized rating agency rating the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes at the request of the Issuer.

 

11

 

“Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any action specified herein as requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, that each Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days’ (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.

 

“Record Date” means, with respect to each Payment Date, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

“Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Remaining Lease Term” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for any Settlement Date, the remaining number of months over which the Capitalized Cost of the related Leased Vehicle is being depreciated thereunder as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

 

“Residual Value Loss Ratio” means, for any specified Settlement Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the sum of the Residual Value Losses for all Unit Vehicles that became Residual Value Vehicles during the preceding Monthly Period minus all Termination Proceeds included in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof for the preceding Monthly Period for all Unit Vehicles that became Residual Value Vehicles during prior Monthly Periods divided by (b) the sum of the Stated Residual Values for all Unit Vehicles that became Residual Value Vehicles during the preceding Monthly Period.

 

“Restricted Global Notes” is defined in Section 6.2.

 

“Restricted Notes” means the Restricted Global Notes and all other Series 2011-2 Investor Notes evidencing the obligations, or any portion of the obligations, initially evidenced by the Restricted Global Notes, other than certificates transferred or exchanged upon certification as provided in Section 6.5.

 

“Restricted Period” means the period commencing on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2011-2 Closing Date.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Securities Intermediary” is defined in Section 5A.12(a).

 

“Series 2011-2” means Series 2011-2, the Principal Terms of which are set forth in this Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 2011-2 Administrator Fee” is defined in Section 5.2.

 

12

 

“Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the product of (a) the Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Series 2011-2 Required Asset Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the Series 2011-2 Required Asset Amount and (y) the aggregate Required Asset Amounts with respect to each other Series of Investor Notes as of such date, including all Series of Investor Notes that have been paid in full but as to which the Amortization Period shall have not ended.

 

“Series 2011-2 Allocated Asset Amount Deficiency” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance is less than the Series 2011-2 Required Asset Amount as of such date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Amortization Period” means the period beginning at the earlier of (a) the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which an Amortization Event is deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes and (b) the close of business on the Period End Date in September 2013 and ending on the date when the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are fully paid.

 

“Series 2011-2 Available Excess Collections Amount” means, on any Business Day during the period commencing on a Period End Date to but excluding the next succeeding Settlement Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount deposited in the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount during the immediately preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 5A.2(a) over (b) the amounts to be distributed from the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (xi) of Section 5A.4(c) on such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

“Series 2011-2 Basis Spread” means, with respect to any Unit Lease whose Finance Charge Rate is based on (i) the LIBOR Index, 0.00%, (ii) the ABS CP Index, 0.65%, (iii) the Non-Financial CP Index, 1.45%, (iv) the PHH Cost of Funds Index, 0.00%, (v) the Bloomberg ABS CP Index, 0.65%, (vi) the PHH Commercial Paper Rate Index, 0.00% or (vii) any other Eligible Floating Rate Index with respect to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied, the basis spread specified in connection with such satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

 

“Series 2011-2 Closing Date” means September 28, 2011.

 

“Series 2011-2 Collateral” means the Collateral, the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account.

 

“Series 2011-2 Collection Subaccount” is defined in Section 5A.1(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Designated Account” is defined in Section 5A.12(a).

 

13

 

“Series 2011-2 Distribution Account” is defined in Section 5A.10(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty” means a financial institution which has, or has all of its obligations under its interest rate cap maintained pursuant to Section 5A.11 guaranteed by a Person that has (i) (x) a long-term senior, unsecured debt or credit rating of at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s and a short-term senior unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or credit rating of at least “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s or (y) a long-term senior, unsecured debt or credit rating of at least “A+” by Standard & Poor’s and (ii) a short-term senior unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or credit rating of “P-1” by Moody’s, and a long-term senior unsecured debt or credit rating of at least “A2” by Moody’s, or if such financial institution does not have a short-term senior unsecured debt rating by Moody’s, a long-term senior unsecured debt or credit rating of at least “A1” by Moody’s.

 

“Series 2011-2 Gain on Sale Account Percentage” means 10.00%.

 

“Series 2011-2 Global Notes” means a Temporary Global Note, a Restricted Global Note or a Permanent Global Note.

 

“Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount” means the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

 

“Series 2011-2 Interest Period” means a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.

 

“Series 2011-2 Invested Amount” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount.

 

“Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage” means, with respect to any Business Day (i) during the Series 2011-2 Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used to determine invested percentages for allocations for all Series of Investor Notes (and all classes of such Series of Investor Notes), including all Series of Investor Notes that have been paid in full but as to which the Amortization Period shall have not ended, as of the end of such immediately preceding Business Day or (ii) during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance as of the end of the Series 2011-2 Revolving Period, and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used to determine invested percentages for allocations for all Series of Investor Notes (and all classes of such Series

 

14

 

of Investor Notes), including all Series of Investor Notes that have been paid in full but as to which the Amortization Period shall have not ended, as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

“Series 2011-2 Investor Note Owners” means, collectively, the Class A Investor Note Owners, the Class B Investor Note Owners and the Class C Investor Note Owners.

 

“Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders” means, collectively, the Class A Investor Noteholders, the Class B Investor Noteholders and the Class C Investor Noteholders.

 

“Series 2011-2 Investor Notes” means, collectively, the Class A Investor Notes, the Class B Investor Notes and the Class C Investor Notes.

 

“Series 2011-2 Liquid Credit Enhancement Deficiency” means, on any date of determination, the amount by which the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount is less than the Series 2011-2 Required Reserve Account Amount.

 

“Series 2011-2 Minimum Yield Rate” means, with respect to any Unit Lease for any Settlement Date, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Series 2011-2 Weighted Average Cost of Funds for such Settlement Date, (ii) 0.2375% and (iii) the Series 2011-2 Basis Spread with respect to such Unit Lease.

 

“Series 2011-2 Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the sum of (i) Class A Monthly Interest, (ii) Class B Monthly Interest and (iii) Class C Monthly Interest for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

“Series 2011-2 Monthly Residual Value Gain” means, for any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (b) the Monthly Residual Value Gain for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Monthly Servicer Advance Reimbursement Amount” means, for each Settlement Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Monthly Servicer Advance Reimbursement Amount for such Settlement Date and (b) the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

 

“Series 2011-2 Note Rate” means (i) the Class A Note Rate, (ii) the Class B Note Rate or (iii) the Class C Note Rate, as the context may require.

 

“Series 2011-2 Note Termination Date” means the date on which the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are fully paid.

 

“Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount” is defined in Section 5A.1(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Principal Payment Amount” means, for any Settlement Date, an amount equal to the greater of:

 

15

 

(a) the product of:

 

(i) the product of (x) the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (y) the Principal Payment Amount for such Settlement Date and

 

(ii) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount on the Settlement Date immediately preceding such Settlement Date and the denominator of which is the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance on the Settlement Date immediately preceding such Settlement Date; and

 

(b) the excess, if any, of:

 

(i) the product of (x) the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (y) the Principal Payment Amount for such Settlement Date

 

over

 

(ii) the excess, if any of (A) the Series 2011-2 Target Overcollateralization Amount on the Settlement Date immediately preceding such Settlement Date over (B) $6,365,100;

 

provided, however, that, if an Amortization Event shall have occurred or been declared on or prior to such Settlement Date, the Series 2011-2 Principal Payment Amount for such Settlement Date will equal the product of (x) the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (y) the Principal Payment Amount for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Asset Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount and the Series 2011-2 Required Overcollateralization Amount as of such date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Enhancement Amount” means, on any date, the amount by which (a) the sum of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Required Percentage on such date and (y) (1) so long as the Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the Class A Initial Invested Amount, (2) so long as the Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the Class B Initial Invested Amount or (c) so long as the Class C Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes or Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding, the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount plus (ii) the sum of:

 

(A)          if the Three-Month Average Residual Value Loss Ratio with respect to the most recent Settlement Date exceeded 12.50%, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date and (2) 90% of the amount by which the Aggregate Residual Value Amount exceeded the Excess Residual Value Amount, in each case, as of that date; plus

 

16

 

(B)           the greater of

 

(1) the sum of:

 

(I)  an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Equipment Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(II)  an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Forklift Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(III)  an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Truck Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(IV)  an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Trailer Amount on such Settlement Date; and

 

(V)  an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Truck Body Amount on such Settlement Date; and

 

(2) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Alternative Vehicle Amount on such Settlement Date; plus

 

(C) the sum of:

 

(1) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Overconcentration Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(2) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess Longer-Term Lease Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(3) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately

 

17

 

preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess High Lease Balance Amount on such Settlement Date; and

 

(4) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the most recent Settlement Date and (y) the Excess State Obligor Risk Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

exceeds (b) the excess of (i) $13,720,000 over (ii) the Series 2011-2 Target Overcollateralization Amount on such date; provided, however, that, after the declaration or occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Series 2011-2 Required Enhancement Amount shall equal the Series 2011-2 Required Enhancement Amount on the date of the declaration or occurrence of such Amortization Event.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Investor Noteholders” means (a) so long as the Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, Class A Investor Noteholders holding more than 50% of the Class A Invested Amount (excluding any Class A Investor Notes held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer), (b) so long as the Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, Class B Investor Noteholders holding more than 50% of the Class B Invested Amount (excluding any Class B Investor Notes held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer) and (c) so long as the Class C Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes or Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding, Class C Investor Noteholders holding more than 50% of the Class C Invested Amount (excluding any Class C Investor Notes held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer).

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Overcollateralization Amount” means, on any date of determination during an Accrual Period, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Series 2011-2 Required Enhancement Amount exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount, (ii) the amount on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount on such date (excluding any amounts deposited therein pursuant to Section 5A.2(d) during the Monthly Period commencing after the first day of such Accrual Period) and (iii)(A) so long as the Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the sum of the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount on such date or (B) so long as the Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the Class C Invested Amount on such date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Percentage” means, on any date of determination,

 

(a) so long as the Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is $45,608,350, and the denominator of which is $326,750,000 unless a Trigger Event shall have occurred with respect to the most recent Settlement Date, in which case, the Series 2011-2 Required Percentage on such date will equal 14.96%;

 

(b) so long as the Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes are Outstanding, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is $33,558,350 and the denominator of which is $338,800,000

 

18

 

unless a Trigger Event shall have occurred with respect to the most recent Settlement Date, in which case, the Series 2011-2 Required Percentage on such date will equal 10.91%; or

 

(c) so long as the Class C Investor Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Investor Notes or Class B Investor Notes are Outstanding, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is $22,358,350, and the denominator of which is $350,000,000 unless a Trigger Event shall have occurred with respect to the most recent Settlement Date, in which case, the Series 2011-2 Required Percentage on such date will equal 7.39%.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Reserve Account Amount” means $8,638,350.

 

“Series 2011-2 Required Yield Supplement Amount” means, as of any Settlement Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Amount for such Settlement Date over (b) 70% of the product of (x) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage on such Settlement Date and (y) the excess of (1) the Class X 1999-1B Invested Amount for the current Monthly Period (after giving effect to any increase thereof on such Settlement Date) over (2) the sum, with respect to each Obligor of Eligible Receivables as of the close of business on the first day of such Monthly Period, of the amount, if any, by which the amount owing by such Obligor in respect of such Eligible Receivables as of such date exceeds an amount equal to 5.00% of the Class X 1999-1B Invested Amount; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Receivables Purchase Termination Event, the Series 2011-2 Required Yield Supplement Amount will equal the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Amount for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Reserve Account” is defined in Section 5A.8(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount” means, on any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and available for withdrawal therefrom.

 

“Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Surplus” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount exceeds the Series 2011-2 Required Reserve Account Amount.

 

“Series 2011-2 Revolving Period” means the period from and including the Series 2011-2 Closing Date to but excluding the commencement of the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period.

 

“Series 2011-2 Servicing Fee Percentage” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

“Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount” is defined in Section 5A.1(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Subaccounts” is defined in Section 5A.1(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Supplemental Servicing Fee” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

19

 

“Series 2011-2 Target Overcollateralization Amount” means, on any date of determination, the greater of (a) 3.92% of the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount on such date and (b) $6,365,100.

 

“Series 2011-2 Weighted Average Cost of Funds” means, for any Settlement Date, the product of (a) the quotient of the aggregate amount of interest payable on the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes on the next succeeding Payment Date, divided by the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount as of the first day of the immediately preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is 360 and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Series 2011-2 Interest Period ending on such Payment Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for any Settlement Date, the quotient of (a) the excess of (i) the Series 2011-2 Minimum Yield Rate with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date over (ii) the sum of (A) the Finance Charge Rate applicable to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease on the Determination Date preceding such Settlement Date and (B) the lesser of (x) the Series 2011-2 Basis Spread with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease and (y) the excess, if any, of (I) the LIBOR Index on such Determination Date over (II) the Base Index used to determine the Finance Charge Rate applicable to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease on such Determination Date divided by (b) 12.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Amount” means, for any Settlement Date, the sum of the product with respect to each Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease of (a) the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage on such Settlement Date and (b) the excess of (i) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Break Even Amount with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date over (ii) the product of (A) the fixed monthly management or administrative fee payable in respect of such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease and (B) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Remaining Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease” means, as of any Settlement Date, each Unit Lease that is a Floating Rate Lease whose Finance Charge Rate plus the Management Fee Yield with respect to such Unit Lease for such Settlement Date is less than the Series 2011-2 Minimum Yield Rate for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Average Balance” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for any Settlement Date, the excess of (a) the Lease Balance of such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period over (b) the product of (i) the quotient of (A) the Lease Balance of such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period divided by (B) the Remaining Lease Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date, (ii) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Remaining Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date minus 1 and (iii) 50%.

 

20

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Break Even Amount” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for any Settlement Date, the product of (a) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Remaining Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date, (b) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date and (c) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Average Balance with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease Remaining Term” means, with respect to any Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for any Settlement Date, the excess (rounded up to the next integer) of (a) the Remaining Lease Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date over (b) the quotient of (i) the product of (A) the fixed monthly management or administrative fee payable in respect of such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease and (B) the Remaining Lease Term with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date divided by (ii) the product of (A) the Lease Balance of such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (B) the Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall with respect to such Series 2011-2 Yield Shortfall Lease for such Settlement Date.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account” is defined in Section 5A.9(a).

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount” means, on any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and available for withdrawal therefrom.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Surplus” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount exceeds the Series 2011-2 Required Yield Supplement Amount.

 

“Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Deficiency” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2011-2 Required Yield Supplement Amount exceeds the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount.

 

“Temporary Global Notes” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

“Three Month Average Charge-Off Ratio” means, with respect to any Settlement Date, the average of the Charge-Off Ratios for such Settlement Date and the two immediately preceding Settlement Dates.

 

“Three Month Average Delinquency Ratio” means, with respect to any Settlement Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios for such Settlement Date and the two immediately preceding Settlement Dates.

 

“Three Month Average Paid-In Advance Loss Ratio” means, with respect to any Settlement Date, the average of the Paid-In Advance Loss Ratios for such Settlement Date and the two immediately preceding Settlement Dates.

 

21

 

“Total Cash Available” means, for any Settlement Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount pursuant to Section 5A.2(a) during the immediately preceding Monthly Period, (ii) an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during such Monthly Period and the amount of the Unit Repurchase Payments paid by the Servicer on such Settlement Date, (iii) an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during such Monthly Period and the amount of the Monthly Servicer Advance made by the Servicer on such Settlement Date, (iv) an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during such Monthly Period and the amount withdrawn from the Gain on Sale Account pursuant to Section 5.2(e) of the Base Indenture on the Transfer Date immediately preceding such Settlement Date and (v) the investment income on amounts on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount and the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount transferred to the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 5A.1(b) over (b) the amount withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount pursuant to Section 5A.2(f) during the period commencing on the Period End Date immediately preceding such Settlement Date to but excluding such Settlement Date.

 

“Tractor” means a vehicle designed to pull a Trailer by means of a fifth wheel mounted over its rear axle.

 

“Trailer” means a truck trailer supported at the rear by its own wheels and at the front by a fifth wheel mounted to a Tractor.

 

“Transfer Date” means, with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Business Day immediately prior to each Settlement Date.

 

“Trigger Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to any Settlement Date:

 

(a) the Three Month Average Charge-Off Ratio exceeds 0.50%;

 

(b) the Three Month Average Paid-In Advance Loss Ratio exceeds 1.00%; or

 

(c) the Three Month Average Delinquency Ratio exceeds 4.50%.

 

“Truck” means a vehicle that carries cargo in a body mounted to its chassis rather than in a Trailer towed by the vehicle.

 

“Truck Body” means the outer shell of a motor vehicle that is mounted to a cab chassis and that covers that chassis from the back of the cab to the end of the body.  A Vehicle shall not be a Truck Body if it also includes the cab.

 

22

 

ARTICLE II

 

ARTICLE 5 OF THE BASE INDENTURE

 

Sections 5.1 through 5.4 of the Base Indenture and each other Section of Article 5 of the Indenture relating to another Series shall read in their entirety as provided in the Base Indenture or any applicable Indenture Supplement.  Article 5 of the Indenture (except for Sections 5.1 through 5.4 thereof and any portion thereof relating to another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be exclusively applicable to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes:

 

Section 5A.1         Establishment of Series 2011-2 Subaccounts.

 

(a)  The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders (i) a subaccount of the Collection Account (the “Series 2011-2 Collection Subaccount”); and (ii) three subaccounts of the Series 2011-2 Collection Subaccount: (1) the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount, (2) the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount and (3) the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount (respectively, the “Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount,” the “Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount” and the “Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount”); the accounts established pursuant to this Section 5A.1(a), collectively, the “Series 2011-2 Subaccounts”), each Series 2011-2 Subaccount to bear a designation indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.  The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all moneys, instruments, securities and other property on deposit from time to time in the Series 2011-2 Subaccounts and the proceeds thereof for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.

 

(b)  The Issuer shall instruct the institution maintaining the Collection Account in writing to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Subaccounts at all times in Permitted Investments selected by the Issuer (by standing instructions or otherwise); provided, however, that funds on deposit in a Series 2011-2 Subaccounts may be invested together with funds held in other subaccounts of the Collection Account. Amounts on deposit and available for investment in the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount shall be invested by the Indenture Trustee at the written direction of the Issuer in Permitted Investments that mature, or that are payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, on or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the next Settlement Date. Amounts on deposit and available for investment in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount shall be invested by the Indenture Trustee at the written direction of the Issuer in Permitted Investments that mature, or that are payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, (i) in the case of any such investment made during the Series 2011-2 Revolving Period, on or prior to the next Business Day and (ii) in the case of any such investment made on any day during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period, on or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the next Settlement Date. On each Settlement Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds deposited in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount and the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount shall be deposited in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount.  The Issuer shall not direct the Indenture Trustee to dispose of (or permit the disposal of) any Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof to the extent such

 

23

 

disposal would result in a loss of principal of such Permitted Investment.  In the absence of written direction as provided hereunder, all funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall remain uninvested.

 

Section 5A.2         Allocations with Respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.

 

(a)  Prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on each Deposit Date, the Administrator shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to allocate to the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders and deposit in the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount an amount equal to the product of the Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage on such Deposit Date and the Collections deposited into the Collection Account on such Deposit Date.

 

(b)  On the Series 2011-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the net proceeds from the sale of the Series 2011-2 Notes to be deposited into the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount and the Indenture Trustee shall apply such net proceeds as follows: (i) deposit $8,638,350 in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and (i) deposit the remainder of the net proceeds in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount for application in accordance with Section 5A.2(e).

 

(c)  On each Determination Date, the Administrator shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to allocate to the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount on the immediately succeeding Transfer Date amounts withdrawn from the Gain on Sale Account on such Transfer Date, in an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and the amount withdrawn from the Gain on Sale Account pursuant to Section 5.2(e) of the Base Indenture on such Transfer Date.

 

(d)  On each Determination Date, the Administrator shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to allocate to the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount on the immediately succeeding Settlement Date the following amounts:

 

(i)  any Unit Repurchase Payments made by the Servicer, in an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and the amount of such Unit Repurchase Payments;

 

(ii)  the Monthly Servicer Advance made by the Servicer, in an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and the amount of such Monthly Servicer Advance; and

 

(iii)  payments made under the Lease Rate Caps maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 5A.11, in an amount equal to the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and the amount of such payments.

 

24

 

(e)  During the Series 2011-2 Revolving Period, the Administrator may direct the Indenture Trustee in writing by 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on any Business Day to withdraw amounts on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount for any of the following purposes:

 

(i)  if such Business Day is a Borrowing Date, to fund all or a portion of the Loan being made to Holdings on such Borrowing Date pursuant to the Loan Agreement; or

 

(ii)  to reduce the Invested Amount of any Series of Investor Notes.

 

(f)  Prior to the occurrence of a Potential Amortization Event or an Amortization Event, on any Business Day during the period commencing on a Period End Date to but excluding the next succeeding Settlement Date on which the Administrator is able to determine the amounts to be distributed from the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (xi) of Section 5A.4(c) on such Settlement Date, the Administrator may direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount and remit to the Issuer the Series 2011-2 Available Excess Collections Amount for such Business Day.

 

Section 5A.3         Determination of Interest.

 

(a)  The Bank of New York Mellon is hereby appointed Calculation Agent for the purpose of determining the Series 2011-2 Note Rates for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period.  On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall determine the Series 2011-2 Note Rate for each Class of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes for the next succeeding Series 2011-2 Interest Period and deliver notice of such Series 2011-2 Note Rates to the Indenture Trustee.  On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall deliver to the Administrator notice of the Series 2011-2 Note Rate for each Class of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes for the next succeeding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

(b)  On each Determination Date, the Administrator shall determine (i) the excess, if any (the “Class A Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (A) the sum of (x) the Class A Monthly Interest for the Series 2011-2 Interest Period ending on the next succeeding Payment Date and (y) the Class A Interest Shortfall Amount, if any, as of the preceding Payment Date (together with Additional Interest on such Class A Interest Shortfall Amount) (such sum, the “Class A Monthly Interest Payment”) over (B) the amount which will be available to pay interest on the Class A Investor Notes in accordance with Section 5A.5 on such Payment Date, (ii) the excess, if any (the “Class B Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (A) the sum of (x) the Class B Monthly Interest for the Series 2011-2 Interest Period ending on the next succeeding Payment Date and (y) the Class B Interest Shortfall Amount, if any, as of the preceding Payment Date (together with Additional Interest on such Class B Interest Shortfall Amount) (such sum, the “Class B Monthly Interest Payment”) over (B) the amount which will be available to pay interest on the Class B Investor Notes in accordance with Section 5A.5 on such Payment Date and (iii) the excess, if any (the “Class C Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (A) the sum of (x) the Class C Monthly Interest for the Series 2011-2 Interest Period ending on the next succeeding Payment Date and (y) the Class C Interest Shortfall Amount, if any, as of the preceding Payment Date (together with Additional

 

25

 

Interest on such Class C Interest Shortfall Amount) (such sum, the “Class C Monthly Interest Payment”) over (B) the amount which will be available to pay interest on the Class C Investor Notes in accordance with Section 5A.5 on such Payment Date.  If the Class A Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to any Payment Date is greater than zero, payments of interest to the Class A Investor Noteholders will be reduced on a pro rata basis, based on the amount of interest payable to each such Class A Investor Noteholder, by such Class A Interest Shortfall Amount.  If the Class B Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to any Payment Date is greater than zero, payments of interest to the Class B Investor Noteholders will be reduced on a pro rata basis, based on the amount of interest payable to each such Class B Investor Noteholder, by such Class B Interest Shortfall Amount.  If the Class C Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to any Payment Date is greater than zero, payments of interest to the Class C Investor Noteholders will be reduced on a pro rata basis, based on the amount of interest payable to each such Class C Investor Noteholder, by such Class C Interest Shortfall Amount.  An additional amount of interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Class A Interest Shortfall Amount, the Class B Interest Shortfall Amount and the Class C Interest Shortfall Amount for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at the applicable Series 2011-2 Note Rate for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

Section 5A.4         Monthly Application of Collections.

 

(a)  On each Settlement Date, the Administrator shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount and allocate to the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount an amount equal to Total Cash Available for such Settlement Date (less an amount equal to the investment income from the Series 2011-2 General Collection Subaccount and the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount transferred to the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount pursuant to Section 5A.1(b)).

 

(b)    (i)  If the Administrator determines that the aggregate amount distributable from the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (viii) of Section 5A.4(c) on any Settlement Date exceeds the Total Cash Available for such Settlement Date (the “Deficiency”), the Administrator shall notify the Indenture Trustee thereof in writing at or before 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding such Settlement Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such notice, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Settlement Date, withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount an amount equal to the least of (x) such Deficiency, (y) the product of the average daily Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and Aggregate Net Lease Losses for such Monthly Period and (z) the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount and, to the extent that such amount is less than the Deficiency, withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such insufficiency and the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount.  If the Deficiency with respect to any Settlement Date exceeds the amounts to be withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrator shall instruct the Indenture Trustee in writing at or before 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding such Settlement Date, and the Indenture

 

26

 

Trustee shall, in accordance with such notice, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Settlement Date, withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the remaining portion of the Deficiency and (y) the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount (after giving effect to the withdrawal described in the immediately preceding sentence).

 

(ii)      If the Administrator determines that (A) the amount to be deposited in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 5A.4(c)(viii) and paid to the Class A Investor Noteholders pursuant to Section 5A.6 on the Class A Final Maturity Date is less than the Class A Invested Amount, (B) the amount to be deposited in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 5A.4(c)(viii) and paid to the Class B Investor Noteholders pursuant to Section 5A.6 on the Class B Final Maturity Date is less than the Class B Invested Amount or (C) the amount to be deposited in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 5A.4(c)(viii) and paid to the Class C Investor Noteholders pursuant to Section 5A.6 on the Class C Final Maturity Date is less than the Class C Invested Amount, the Administrator shall notify the Indenture Trustee thereof in writing at or before 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date preceding such Final Maturity Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such notice, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Settlement Date, withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser of such insufficiency and the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount (after giving effect to any withdrawal therefrom pursuant to Section 5A.4(b)(i) on such Settlement Date).  In addition, if the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount is less than such insufficiency on the Class C Final Maturity Date, the Administrator shall notify the Indenture Trustee thereof in writing at or before 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date preceding the Class C Final Maturity Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such notice, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Settlement Date, withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and deposit in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser of such remaining insufficiency and the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount (after giving effect to any withdrawal therefrom pursuant to Section 5A.4(b)(i) on such Settlement Date).

 

(c)  On each Settlement Date, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall apply the following amounts allocated to, or deposited in, the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount on such Settlement Date in the following order of priority:

 

(i)  to the Gain On Sale Account, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Monthly Residual Value Gain, if any, for such Settlement Date;

 

(ii)  to the Servicer, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Monthly Servicer Advance Reimbursement Amount for such Settlement Date;

 

27

 

(iii)  if VMS is not the Servicer, to the Servicer, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period plus, on the first Settlement Date following the transfer of the servicing from VMS to a successor Servicer pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Series 1999-1 SUBI Servicing Supplement, to the extent not reimbursed by VMS, the reasonable costs and expenses of the successor Servicer incurred in connection with the transfer of the servicing, in an amount up to $250,000;

 

(iv)  to the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Monthly Interest Payment payable on such Settlement Date;

 

(v)  if VMS is the Servicer, to the Servicer, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period;

 

(vi)  to the Back-up Servicer, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) $3,646 and (y) the amount then payable to the Back-up Servicer pursuant to the Back-up Servicing Agreement;

 

(vii)  to the Administrator, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Administrator Fee for the preceding Monthly Period;

 

(viii)  (A) on any Settlement Date immediately succeeding a Monthly Period falling in the Series 2011-2 Revolving Period, to the Series 2011-2 Principal Collection Subaccount, an amount equal to the Series 2011-2 Allocated Asset Amount Deficiency, if any, on such Settlement Date and (B) on the earlier of (x) the second Settlement Date following the September 2013 Period End Date or (y) the first Settlement Date following the occurrence of an Amortization Event, to the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, an amount equal to the lesser of the Series 2011-2 Principal Payment Amount for such Settlement Date and the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(ix)  to the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, to the extent that a Series 2011-2 Liquid Credit Enhancement Deficiency exists or, on any Settlement Date immediately succeeding a Monthly Period falling in the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period, to the extent that a Series 2011-2 Allocated Asset Amount Deficiency exists, an amount equal to the greater of such deficiencies;

 

(x)  to the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account, to the extent that a Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Deficiency exists (or, will exist after giving effect to any reduction in the Class X 1999-1B Invested Amount on such Settlement Date), an amount equal to such deficiency;

 

(xi)  if VMS is not the Servicer, to the Servicer, an amount equal to any Series 2011-2 Supplemental Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period and any unpaid 2011-2 Supplemental Servicing Fee for any prior Monthly Period; and

 

(xii)  to, or at the written direction of, the Issuer, an amount equal to the balance remaining in the Series 2011-2 Settlement Collection Subaccount.

 

28

 

Section 5A.5         Payment of Monthly Interest Payment.

 

On each Payment Date, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, distribute from the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account the Monthly Interest Payment in the following order of priority to the extent of the amount deposited in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest pursuant to Section 5A.4(c)(iv) on such Payment Date:

 

(a)  pro rata to each Class A Investor Noteholder, an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Interest Payment payable on such Payment Date;

 

(b)  pro rata to each Class B Investor Noteholder, an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest Payment payable on such Payment Date; and

 

(c)  pro rata to each Class C Investor Noteholder, an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Interest Payment payable on such Payment Date.

 

Section 5A.6         Payment of Principal.

 

(a)  The principal amount of each Class of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall be due and payable on the Final Maturity Date with respect to such Class.

 

(b)  On the earlier of (x) the second Payment Date following the September 2013 Period End Date or (y) the first Payment Date following the date of the occurrence of an Amortization Event and on each Payment Date thereafter, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, distribute from the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account the amount deposited therein pursuant to Section 5A.4(c)(viii) and Section 5A.4(b)(ii) on such Payment Date in the following order of priority:

 

(i)  pro rata to each Class A Investor Noteholder until the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero;

 

(ii)  pro rata to each Class B Investor Noteholder until the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero; and

 

(iii)  pro rata to each Class C Investor Noteholder until the Class C Invested Amount is reduced to zero.

 

(c)  The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Series 2011-2 Investor Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Series 2011-2 Investor Note will be paid.  Such notice shall be made at the expense of the Administrator and shall be mailed within three (3) Business Days of receipt of a Monthly Settlement Statement indicating that such final payment will be made and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Series 2011-2 Investor Note and shall specify the place where such Series 2011-2 Investor Note may be

 

29

 

presented and surrendered for payment of such installment.  Notices in connection with redemptions of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall be (i) transmitted by facsimile to Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders holding Global Notes and (ii) sent by registered mail to Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders holding Definitive Notes and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Series 2011-2 Investor Note and shall specify the place where such Series 2011-2 Investor Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment.

 

Section 5A.7         The Administrator’s Failure to Instruct the Indenture Trustee to Make a Deposit or Payment.

 

When any payment or deposit hereunder or under any other Transaction Document is required to be made by the Indenture Trustee at or prior to a specified time, the Administrator shall deliver any applicable written instructions with respect thereto reasonably in advance of such specified time.  If the Administrator fails to give notice or instructions to make any payment from or deposit into the Collection Account or any subaccount thereof required to be given by the Administrator, at the time specified herein or in any other Transaction Document (after giving effect to applicable grace periods), the Indenture Trustee shall make such payment or deposit into or from the Collection Account or such subaccount without such notice or instruction from the Administrator; provided that the Administrator, upon request of the Indenture Trustee, promptly provides the Indenture Trustee with all information necessary to allow the Indenture Trustee to make such a payment or deposit.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee shall take or refrain from taking action pursuant to this Section 5A.7, the Administrator shall, by 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on any day the Indenture Trustee makes a payment or deposit based on information or direction from the Administrator, provide (i) written confirmation of any such direction and (ii) written confirmation of all information used by the Administrator in giving any such direction.

 

Section 5A.8         Series 2011-2 Reserve Account.

 

(a)  The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders an account (the “Series 2011-2 Reserve Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.  The Series 2011-2 Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Deposit Account; provided that, if at any time such account is not an Eligible Deposit Account, then the Indenture Trustee shall, within 30 days of obtaining knowledge of such reduction, establish a new Series 2011-2 Reserve Account that is an Eligible Deposit Account. If the Indenture Trustee establishes a new Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, it shall transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying Series 2011-2 Reserve Account into the new Series 2011-2 Reserve Account. Initially, the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account will be established with The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

(b)  The Issuer may instruct the institution maintaining the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account in writing to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account from time to time in Permitted Investments selected by the Issuer (by standing instructions or otherwise); provided, however, that any such investment shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the Settlement Date following the date on which such funds were received.  In absence of written

 

30

 

direction as provided hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account shall remain uninvested.

 

(c)  All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account shall be deemed to be on deposit and available for distribution.

 

(d)  If there is a Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Surplus on any Settlement Date, the Administrator may notify the Indenture Trustee thereof in writing and instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and pay to the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and pay to the Issuer, so long as no Series 2011-2 Allocated Asset Amount Deficiency exists or would result therefrom, an amount up to the lesser of (i) such Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Surplus on such Business Day and (ii) the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account Amount on such Business Day.

 

(e)  Amounts will be withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account in accordance with Section 5A.4(b).

 

(f)  In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Issuer Obligations with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash.  The Indenture Trustee and the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders shall have no interest in any amounts withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account and paid to the Issuer.

 

(g)  On the Series 2011-2 Note Termination Date, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator shall withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account all amounts on deposit therein and pay them to the Issuer.

 

Section 5A.9         Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account.

 

(a)  The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders an account (the “Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.  The Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account shall be an Eligible Deposit Account; provided that, if

 

31

 

at any time such account is not an Eligible Deposit Account, then the Indenture Trustee shall, within 30 days of obtaining knowledge of such reduction, establish a new Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account that is an Eligible Deposit Account. If the Indenture Trustee establishes a new Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account, it shall transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account into the new Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account. Initially, the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account will be established The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

(b)  The Issuer may instruct the institution maintaining the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account in writing to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account from time to time in Permitted Investments selected by the Issuer (by standing instructions or otherwise); provided, however, that any such investment shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the Settlement Date following the date on which such funds were received.  In absence of written direction as provided hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account shall remain uninvested.

 

(c)  All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account shall be deemed to be on deposit and available for distribution.

 

(d)  If there is a Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Surplus on any Settlement Date, the Administrator may notify the Indenture Trustee thereof in writing and request the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account pay to the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and pay to the Issuer, an amount up to the lesser of (i) such Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Surplus on such Business Day and (ii) the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account Amount on such Business Day.

 

(e)  Amounts will be withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account in accordance with Section 5A.4(b).

 

(f)  In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Issuer Obligations with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account, including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash.  The Indenture

 

32

 

Trustee and the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders shall have no interest in any amounts withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account and paid to the Issuer.

 

(g)  On the Series 2011-2 Note Termination Date, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator shall withdraw from the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account all amounts on deposit therein and pay them to the Issuer.

 

Section 5A.10       Series 2011-2 Distribution Account.

 

(a)  The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders an account (the “Series 2011-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.  The Series 2011-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Deposit Account; provided that, if at any time such account is not an Eligible Deposit Account, then the Indenture Trustee shall, within 30 days of obtaining knowledge of such reduction, establish a new Series 2011-2 Distribution Account that is an Eligible Deposit Account. If the Indenture Trustee establishes a new Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, it shall transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying Series 2011-2 Distribution Account into the new Series 2011-2 Distribution Account. Initially, the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account will be established with The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

(b)  In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Issuer Obligations with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds from time to time; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash.  The Indenture Trustee and the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders shall have no interest in any amounts withdrawn from the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account and paid to the Issuer.

 

Section 5A.11       Lease Rate Caps.

 

(a)  The Issuer shall have obtained on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and shall thereafter maintain one or more interest rate caps, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, each from a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty, having, in the aggregate, a notional amount on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date at least equal to the aggregate Lease Balance of all Fixed Rate Leases allocated to the Lease SUBI Portfolio as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Series 2011-2 Closing Date, plus, in the case of all such Fixed Rate

 

33

 

Leases that are Closed-End Leases, the aggregate Stated Residual Values of the related Leased Vehicles and on each Settlement Date thereafter at least equal to the aggregate scheduled Lease Balance of all such Fixed Rate Leases as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date, plus, in the case of all such Fixed Rate Leases that are Closed-End Leases, the aggregate Stated Residual Values of the related Leased Vehicles, and an effective strike rate based on the eurodollar rate set forth therein in effect on the dates set forth therein at the most equal to the weighted average fixed rate of interest on such Fixed Rate Leases minus 2.2375% per annum.

 

(b)  The Issuer shall have obtained on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and shall thereafter maintain either (i) one or more interest rate caps, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, each from a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty, having, in the aggregate, a notional amount on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date at least equal to the aggregate Lease Balance of all Floating Rate Leases providing for the right to convert the floating rate at which the finance charges accrue thereunder to a fixed rate that is not based on PHH’s cost of funds allocated to the Lease SUBI Portfolio as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Series 2011-2 Closing Date, plus, in the case of all such Floating Rate Leases that are Closed-End Leases, the aggregate Stated Residual Values of the related Leased Vehicles and on each Settlement Date thereafter at least equal to the aggregate scheduled Lease Balance of all such Floating Rate Leases (other than any such Floating Rate Lease that has been converted to a Fixed Rate Lease and as to which the Issuer shall have obtained an interest rate cap in accordance with Section 5A.11(c)) as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date, plus, in the case of all such Floating Rate Leases that are Closed-End Leases, the aggregate Stated Residual Values of the related Leased Vehicles, and an effective strike rate based on the eurodollar rate set forth therein in effect on the dates set forth therein at the most equal to the weighted average margin that would be added to the rates set forth in such Floating Rate Leases to determine the fixed rates at which finance charges would accrue thereunder upon conversion minus 2.2375% per annum or (ii) such other hedging instrument or mechanism with respect to such Floating Rate Leases with respect to which the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied.

 

(c)  On or prior to the date that any Fixed Rate Lease is allocated to the Lease SUBI Portfolio on or after the Series 2011-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall have obtained and shall thereafter maintain an interest rate cap, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, from a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty having a notional amount equal to the initial Lease Balance of such Fixed Rate Lease, plus, in the case of a Closed-End Lease, the Stated Residual Value of the related Leased Vehicle and on each Settlement Date thereafter at least equal to the scheduled Lease Balance of such Fixed Rate Lease as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date, plus, in the case of a Closed-End Lease, the Stated Residual Value of the related Leased Vehicle and an effective strike rate based on the eurodollar rate set forth therein in effect on the dates set forth therein at the most equal to the fixed rate of interest on such Fixed Rate Lease minus 2.2375% per annum.

 

(d)  On or prior to each Settlement Date, the Issuer shall have obtained and shall thereafter maintain an interest rate cap substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, from a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty having a notional amount equal to the aggregate Lease Balance of each Floating Rate Lease allocated to the Lease SUBI that shall have been converted

 

34

 

to a Fixed Rate Lease during the immediately preceding Monthly Period, plus, in the case of a Closed-End Lease, the Stated Residual Value of the related Leased Vehicle and on each Settlement Date thereafter at least equal to the scheduled Lease Balance of such newly converted Fixed Rate Lease as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Settlement Date, plus, in the case of a Closed-End Lease, the Stated Residual Value of the related Leased Vehicle and an effective strike rate based on the eurodollar rate set forth therein in effect on the dates set forth therein at the most equal to the fixed rate of interest on such newly converted Fixed Rate Lease minus 2.2375% per annum.

 

(e)  If, at any time, any provider of an interest rate cap required to be obtained and maintained by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 5A.11 is not a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty, the Issuer shall cause such provider to take the actions required of it under the terms of the interest rate cap to which it is a party within the time frames set forth therein following such occurrence.  If any such provider of an interest rate cap fails to take the actions required of it under the terms of its interest rate cap, the Issuer shall, at such provider’s expense, obtain a replacement interest rate cap on the same terms from a Series 2011-2 Eligible Counterparty and, simultaneously with such replacement, the Issuer shall terminate the interest rate cap being replaced.  The Issuer will not permit any interest rate cap required to be obtained and maintained by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 5A.11 to be terminated or transferred in whole or in part unless a replacement interest rate cap therefor has been provided as described in the immediately preceding sentence and, after giving effect thereto, the Issuer has the interest rate caps required to be obtained and maintained by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 5A.11.

 

Section 5A.12       Indenture Trustee As Securities Intermediary.

 

(a) The Indenture Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account, the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account or the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account (each a “Series 2011-2 Designated Account”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”.  If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2011-2 Designated Account is not the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5A.12.

 

(b)  The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

 

(i)  The Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “New York UCC”) will be credited;

 

(ii)  All securities or other property underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2011-2 Designated Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2011-2 Designated Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially endorsed to the Issuer;

 

35

 

(iii)  All property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Indenture Supplement will be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2011-2 Designated Account;

 

(iv)  Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Series 2011-2 Designated Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

 

(v)  If at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any order from the Indenture Trustee directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset relating to the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or the Administrator;

 

(vi)  The Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement.  For purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

 

(vii)  The Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Indenture Supplement, will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Indenture Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5A.12(b)(v) of this Indenture Supplement; and

 

(viii)  Except for the claims and interest of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer in the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts, the Securities Intermediary knows of no claim to, or interest, in the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts or in any Financial Asset credited thereto.  If the Securities Intermediary has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any lien, encumbrance, or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2011-2 Designated Account or in any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and the Issuer thereof.

 

36

 

(c)  The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2011-2 Designated Accounts.

 

ARTICLE III

 

AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 

If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes:

 

(a)  the Series 2011-2 Reserve Account shall have become subject to an injunction, estoppel or other stay or a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien);

 

(b)  the Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Account shall have become subject to an injunction, estoppel or other stay or a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien);

 

(c)  a Series 2011-2 Liquid Credit Enhancement Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least two Business Days;

 

(d)  a Series 2011-2 Allocated Asset Amount Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least two Business Days;

 

(e)  a Series 2011-2 Yield Supplement Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least two Business Days;

 

(f)  the Three Month Average Charge-Off Ratio with respect to any Settlement Date exceeds 1.00%;

 

(g)  the Three Month Average Paid-In Advance Loss Ratio with respect to any Settlement Date exceeds 1.50%;

 

(h)  the Three Month Average Delinquency Ratio with respect to any Settlement Date exceeds 7.00%;

 

(i)  the Loan Principal Amount on any Settlement Date is less than the Aggregate Invested Amount on such Settlement Date;

 

(j)  any Servicer Termination Event shall occur;

 

(k)  any Termination Event shall occur;

 

(l)  an Event of Default with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall occur;

 

(m)  an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to SPV, Holdings, the Origination Trust, VMS, PHH Sub 1, PHH Sub 2 or PHH;

 

37

 

(n)  a Lease Rate Cap Event shall occur and continue for two Business Days;

 

(o)  failure on the part of the Issuer (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the terms of the Indenture (or within the applicable grace period which shall not exceed two Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made) or (ii) duly to observe or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of the Issuer set forth in the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement (other than any such failure that constitutes a Lease Rate Cap Event), which failure continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by any Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholder, written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied;

 

(p)  any representation or warranty made by the Issuer in the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement, or any information required to be delivered by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by any Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholder, written notice thereof;

 

(q)  the Indenture Trustee shall for any reason fail to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral and such failure continues for at least two Business Days or any of VMS, the Issuer or any Affiliate of either thereof shall assert that the Indenture Trustee does not have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral;

 

(r)  there shall have been filed against PHH, PHH Sub 1, PHH Sub 2, VMS, the Origination Trust, Holdings or the Issuer (i) a notice of federal tax Lien from the Internal Revenue Service, (ii) a notice of Lien from the PBGC under Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA for a failure to make a required installment or other payment to a plan to which either of such sections applies or (iii) a notice of any other Lien the existence of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of such Person, and, in each case, 40 days shall have elapsed without such notice having been effectively withdrawn or such Lien having been released or discharged;

 

(s)  one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Issuer involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $100,000 or more and such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

 

(t)  any of the Transaction Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with its terms;

 

then, in the case of any event described in clause (o) through (t) above, an Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes only, if after the applicable grace period, either the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2011-2 Required Investor Noteholders, declare that an Amortization Event has occurred with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.  In the case of any event described in clauses (a) through (n) above, an

 

38

 

Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be deemed to have occurred without notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders.

 

ARTICLE IV
 OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

 

The Issuer shall have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes in full on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Class A Initial Invested Amount.  The Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice of the Payment Date on which the Issuer intends to exercise such option to prepay (the “Prepayment Date”).  The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall equal the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes (determined after giving effect to any payments of principal and interest on such Payment Date), plus accrued and unpaid interest on such outstanding principal balance.  Not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Prepayment Date, the Issuer shall deposit in the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account an amount sufficient together with the funds deposited into the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account pursuant to Section 5A.4(c)(iv) and Section 5A.4(c)(viii) on such Prepayment Date to pay the prepayment price in immediately available funds.  The funds deposited into the Series 2011-2 Distribution Account will be paid by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders on such Prepayment Date.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SERVICING AND ADMINISTRATOR FEES

 

Section 5.1  Servicing Fees.  A periodic servicing fee (the “Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee”) shall be payable to the Servicer on each Settlement Date for the preceding Monthly Period in an amount equal to the product of (a) 0.215% (the “Series Servicing Fee Percentage”) times (b) the daily average of the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance for such Monthly Period times (c) the number of days in such Monthly Period divided by 365 (or 366, as applicable) days; provided, however, that if VMS is not the Servicer, the servicing fee payable to the Servicer on each Settlement Date hereunder may be increased such that the sum of the Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee and the additional servicing fee payable to the Servicer hereunder (the “Series 2011-2 Supplemental Servicing Fee”) for each Monthly Period equals 110% of the costs to the successor Servicer of servicing the portion of the Lease SUBI Portfolio allocated to Series 2011-2 during such Monthly Period.  For this purpose, the portion of the Lease SUBI Portfolio allocated to Series 2011-2 for each Monthly Period shall equal the average Series 2011-2 Invested Percentage during such Monthly Period.  The Series 2011-2 Basic Servicing Fee and any Series 2011-2 Supplemental Servicing Fee shall be payable to the Servicer on each Settlement Date pursuant to Section 5A.4(c).

 

Section 5.2  Administrator Fee.  A periodic fee (the “Series 2011-2 Administrator Fee”) shall be payable to the Administrator on each Settlement Date for the preceding Monthly Period in an amount equal to the product of (a) 0.01% times (b) the daily average of the Series 2011-2 Allocated Adjusted Aggregate Unit Balance for such Monthly Period times (c) the

 

39

 

number of days in such Monthly Period divided  by 365 (or 366, as applicable) days.  The Series 2011-2 Administrator Fee shall be payable to the Administrator on each Settlement Date pursuant to Section 5A.4(c)(vi).

 

ARTICLE VI

 

FORM OF SERIES 2011-2 NOTES

 

Section 6.1  Initial Issuance of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes.

 

The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated September 22, 2011, among the Issuer, VMS, PHH and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and RBS Securities Inc., as the representatives of the initial purchasers.  The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be resold initially only to (1) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A) (“QIBs”) in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) in the case of offers outside the United States, to Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act) in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Section 6.2  Restricted Global Notes.

 

The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes of each Class offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A will be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits A-1, B-1 and C-1, respectively,  registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, and deposited with The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian of DTC (collectively, the “Restricted Global Notes”).  The aggregate initial principal amount of each Restricted Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the initial principal amount of the corresponding Class of the Temporary Global Notes or the Permanent Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 6.3  Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes.

 

The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes of each Class offered and sold on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S will be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits  A-2, B-2 and C-2, respectively, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes represented thereby with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC, for the account of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) or for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (“Clearstream”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.  Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, such Global Notes shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Temporary Global Notes”.  After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, such Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, as to which the Indenture Trustee has received from Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 to the effect that Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-5,

 

40

 

shall be exchanged, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3, B-3 and C-3 as hereinafter provided (collectively, the “Permanent Global Notes”).  The principal amount of a Class of the Temporary Global Notes or the Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of principal amount of the corresponding Class of Restricted Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 6.4  Definitive Notes.

 

No Series 2011-2 Note Owner will receive a Definitive Note representing such Series 2011-2 Note Owner’s interest in the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes other than in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

Section 6.5  Transfer Restrictions.

 

(a)  A Series 2011-2 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 6.5(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2011-2 Investor Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2011-2 Global Note but is not itself a Series 2011-2 Global Note and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2011-2 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 6.5.

 

(b)  The transfer by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

(c)  If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Restricted Global Note for an interest in the corresponding Temporary Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the corresponding Temporary Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream (the “Applicable Procedures”), only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(c).  Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the

 

41

 

case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D-1 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not The Bank of New York Mellon, shall instruct The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

(d)  If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Restricted Global Note for an interest in the corresponding Permanent Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the corresponding Permanent Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(d).  Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (A) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not The Bank of New York Mellon, shall instruct The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

(e)  If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Global Note or a Permanent Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Global Note or such Permanent Global Note for an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(e).  Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable

 

42

 

Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Global Note or such Permanent Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Global Note (but not such Permanent Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D-3 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in such Temporary Global Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not The Bank of New York Mellon, shall instruct The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Global Note or such Permanent Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Global Note or such Permanent Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Global Note or such Permanent Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

(f)  In the event that a Series 2011-2 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2011-2 Investor Notes other than Series 2011-2 Global Notes, such other Series 2011-2 Investor Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2011-2 Investor Notes that are not Series 2011-2 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2011-2 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 6.5(a) through Section 6.5(e) and Section 6.5(g) (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2011-2 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures, as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

(g)  Until the termination of the Restricted Period, interests in the Temporary Global Notes may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 6.5(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 6.5(e).  After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications.

 

(h)  The Series 2011-2 Investor Notes shall bear the following legends to the extent indicated:

 

(i)            The Restricted Notes shall bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE,

 

43

 

PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”  AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QIB”) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER, PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

(ii)           The Temporary Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES.  UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING AND THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (1) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO THE ISSUER.

 

44

 

(iii)          The Series 2011-2 Global Notes shall bear the following legends:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

(iv)          The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2011-2 Investor Notes except as provided herein.  The legend required for a Restricted Note may be removed from such Restricted Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Transfer Agent and Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel as may be reasonably required by the Issuer that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2011-2 Investor Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Indenture Trustee at the direction of the Issuer shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Restricted Note a Series 2011-2 Investor Note or Series 2011-2 Investor Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

INFORMATION

 

The Issuer hereby agrees to provide to the Indenture Trustee, on each Determination Date, a Monthly Settlement Statement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, setting forth as of the last day of the most recent Monthly Period and for such Monthly Period the information set forth therein.  The Indenture Trustee shall provide to the Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders, or their designated agent, copies of each Monthly Settlement Statement.

 

45

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1  Ratification of Indenture.  As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8.2  Governing Law.  THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

Section 8.3  Further Assurances.  Each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee agrees, at the Administrator’s expense, from time to time, to do and perform any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Series 2011-2 Required Investor Noteholders more fully to effect the purposes of this Indenture Supplement and the sale of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes hereunder.  The Issuer hereby authorizes the Indenture Trustee to file any financing statements or similar documents or notices or continuation statements in order to perfect the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Series 2011-2 Collateral under the provisions of the UCC or similar legislation of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Section 8.4  Exhibits.  The following exhibits attached hereto supplement the exhibits included in the Base Indenture:

 

	
Exhibit A-1:
    	
Form of   Restricted Global Class A Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit A-2:
    	
Form of   Temporary Global Class A Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit A-3:
    	
Form of   Permanent Global Class A Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit B-1:
    	
Form of   Restricted Global Class B Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit B-2:
    	
Form of   Temporary Global Class B Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit B-3:
    	
Form of   Permanent Global Class B Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit C-1:
    	
Form of   Restricted Global Class C Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit C-2:
    	
Form of   Temporary Global Class C Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit C-3:
    	
Form of   Permanent Global Class C Investor Note
    
	
Exhibit D-1:
    	
Form of   Transfer Certificate
    
	
Exhibit D-2:
    	
Form of   Transfer Certificate
    
	
Exhibit D-3:
    	
Form of   Transfer Certificate
    
	
Exhibit D-4:
    	
Form of   Clearing System Certificate
    
	
Exhibit D-5:
    	
Form of   Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
    
	
Exhibit E:
    	
Form of   Monthly Settlement Statement
    
	
Exhibit F:
    	
Form of   Lease Rate Cap
    

 

46

 

Section 8.5  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Indenture Trustee, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 8.6  Amendments.  (a)  This Indenture Supplement may be amended in writing from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

 

(b)  No amendment specified in this Indenture Supplement as requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition shall be effective until the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect thereto.

 

Section 8.7  Severability.  If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such voidness or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of (i) such provision in any other jurisdiction or (ii) any other provision hereof in such or any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 8.8  Counterparts.  This Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 8.9  No Bankruptcy Petition.

 

(a)  By acquiring a Series 2011-2 Investor Note or an interest therein, each Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholder and each Series 2011-2 Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other similar proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

(b)  The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee and, by acquiring a Series 2011-2 Investor Note or an interest therein, each Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholder and each Series 2011-2 Investor Note Owner, hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

(c)  This covenant shall survive the termination of this Indenture Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder.

 

Section 8.10  SUBIs.  By acquiring a Series 2011-2 Investor Note or an interest therein, each Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholder and each Series 2011-2 Investor Note Owner,

 

47

 

and the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease Receivable SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Section 8.11  Notice to Rating Agencies.  The Indenture Trustee shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each notice delivered to, or required to be provided by, the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

 

Section 8.12  Conflict of Instructions.  In the event the Issuer and the Administrator shall have delivered conflicting instructions to the Indenture Trustee to take or refrain from taking action hereunder, the Indenture Trustee shall follow the instructions of the Issuer.

 

48

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

[2011-2 Indenture Supplement]

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. 165182 AX4
 ISIN NO. US165182AX44
 COMMON CODE 066739643

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”  AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QIB”) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER, PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF

 

A-1-1

 

THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS A

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                  ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due on the Class A Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class A Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class A Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class A Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class A Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class A Investor Note does

 

A-1-2

 

not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class A Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-1-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class A Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

A-1-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class A Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class A (herein called the “Class A Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class A Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class A Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class A Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class A Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount. The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class A Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.48744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.25% per annum (the “Class A Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the 

 

A-1-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class A Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class A Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class A Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable 

 

A-1-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class A Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class A Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class A Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights 

 

A-1-7

 

of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class A Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class A Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class A Investor Note and of any Class A Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class A Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class A Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class A Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class A Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Restricted Global Class A Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Global Class A Investor Note or a Permanent Global Class A Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement. Interests in this Restricted Global Class A Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

A-1-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

	
 
    
	
(name   and address of assignee)
    

 

the within Class A Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class A Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
(1)
    

 

 

	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(1)           NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class A Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-1-9

 

EXHIBIT A-2
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No.   [      ]
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AK3
 ISIN NO. USU16492AK34
 COMMON CODE 066739694

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES.  UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING AND THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (1) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO THE ISSUER.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

A-2-1

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS A

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due on the Class A Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class A Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class A Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class A Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class A Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class A Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class A Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information 

 

A-2-2

 

with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-2-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class A Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

A-2-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class A Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class A (herein called the “Class A Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class A Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class A Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class A Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class A Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class A Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.48744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.25% per annum (the “Class A Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the 

 

A-2-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class A Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class A Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class A Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable 

 

A-2-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class A Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class A Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class A Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class A Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable 

 

A-2-7

 

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class A Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class A Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class A Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class A Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class A Investor Note and of any Class A Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class A Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class A Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class A Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class A Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

During the Restricted Period (as defined below), payments (if any) on this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note will only be paid to the extent that there is presented by Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), to the Indenture Trustee a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class A Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class A Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.  After the Restricted Period, 

 

A-2-8

 

the holder of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note will not be entitled to receive any payment hereon, until this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note is exchanged in full for a Permanent Global Class A Investor Note.  This Temporary Global Class A Investor Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as a Permanent Global Class A Investor Note under the Indenture.

 

After the end of the period commencing on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and ending on the date that is the 40th day after the Series 2011-2 Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), interests in this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note may be exchanged (free of charge) for interests in a Permanent Global Class A Investor Note in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement upon presentation of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note to the Indenture Trustee.  The Permanent Global Class A Investor Note shall be so issued and delivered in exchange for only that portion of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Indenture Trustee by Euroclear or Clearstream a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class A Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class A Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

 

On an exchange of the whole of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note, this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note shall be surrendered to the Indenture Trustee.  On an exchange of part only of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto and the relevant space in Schedule A hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.  If, following the issuance of a Permanent Global Class A Investor Note in exchange for some of the Class A Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note, further Class A Investor Notes are to be exchanged pursuant to this paragraph, such exchange may be effected, without the issuance of a new Permanent Global Class A Investor Note, by the Issuer or its agent endorsing Schedule A of the Permanent Global Class A Investor Note previously issued to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Class A Investor Note by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the additional Class A Investor Notes to be exchanged.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear or Clearstream.  For purposes of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class A Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class A Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of Class A Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class A Investor Note or Class A Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class A Investor Note or Class A Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but 

 

A-2-9

 

without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class A Investor Note represented by this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class A Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Temporary Global Class A Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

A-2-10

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class A Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class A Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
(2)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

(2)           NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class A Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-11

 

EXHIBIT A-3
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No.   [      ]
    	
$[                      ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AK3
 ISIN NO. USU16492AK34
 COMMON CODE 066739694

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS A

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                        ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due on the Class A Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class A Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class A Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class A Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class A Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class A Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class A Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-3-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class A Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

A-3-3

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS A INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class A Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class A (herein called the “Class A Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class A Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class A Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class A Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Class A Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Class A Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class A Investor Notes for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.48744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.25% per annum (the “Class A Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the 

 

A-3-4

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class A Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class A Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class A Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable 

 

A-3-5

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class A Investor Note or, in the case of a Class A Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class A Investor Noteholder or Class A Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class A Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class A Investor Noteholder and each Class A Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class A Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class A Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class A Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable 

 

A-3-6

 

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class A Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class A Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class A Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class A Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class A Investor Note and of any Class A Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class A Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class A Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class A Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class A Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class A Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”).  Euroclear and Clearstream will be treated by the Indenture Trustee and any paying agent as the holder of the Class A Investor Notes.  For purposes of this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class A Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class A Investor Notes represented by this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of 

 

A-3-7

 

Class A Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class A Investor Note or Class A Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class A Investor Note or Class A Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class A Investor Note represented by this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class A Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Permanent Global Class A Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

A-3-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class A Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class A Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
(3)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

(3)           NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class A Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-3-9

 

EXHIBIT B-1
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No.   [      ]
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. 165182 AY2
 ISIN NO. US165182AY27
 COMMON CODE 066739805

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”  AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QIB”) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER, PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF 

 

B-1-1

 

THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS B

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                  ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due on the Class B Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class B Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class B Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class B Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class B Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class B Investor Note does 

 

B-1-2

 

not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class B Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class B Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class B Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class B Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-1-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class B Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

B-1-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class B Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class B Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class B (herein called the “Class B Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class B Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class B Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class B Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class B Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class B Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class B Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount. The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class B Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.98744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.75% per annum (the “Class B Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

B-1-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class B Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class B Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class B Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class B Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class B Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

B-1-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class B Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class B Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class B Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights

 

B-1-7

 

of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class B Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class B Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class B Investor Note and of any Class B Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class B Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class B Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class B Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class B Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class B Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Restricted Global Class B Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Global Class B Investor Note or a Permanent Global Class B Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement. Interests in this Restricted Global Class B Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

B-1-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

                                                 (name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class B Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class B Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(4)
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(4)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class B Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

B-1-9

 

EXHIBIT B-2
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
 
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AL1
 ISIN NO. USU16492AL17
 COMMON CODE 066740188

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES.  UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING AND THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (1) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO THE ISSUER.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

B-2-1

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS B

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due on the Class B Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class B Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class B Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class B Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class B Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class B Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class B Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class B Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class B Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information

 

B-2-2

 

with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class B Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-2-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
						

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class B Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as
   Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

B-2-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class B Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class B Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class B (herein called the “Class B Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class B Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class B Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class B Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class B Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class B Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class B Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class B Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.98744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.75% per annum (the “Class B Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

B-2-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class B Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class B Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class B Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class B Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class B Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

B-2-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class B Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class B Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class B Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class B Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable

 

B-2-7

 

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class B Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class B Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class B Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class B Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class B Investor Note and of any Class B Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class B Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class B Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class B Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class B Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class B Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

During the Restricted Period (as defined below), payments (if any) on this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note will only be paid to the extent that there is presented by Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), to the Indenture Trustee a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class B Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class B Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.  After the Restricted Period,

 

B-2-8

 

the holder of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note will not be entitled to receive any payment hereon, until this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note is exchanged in full for a Permanent Global Class B Investor Note.  This Temporary Global Class B Investor Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as a Permanent Global Class B Investor Note under the Indenture.

 

After the end of the period commencing on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and ending on the date that is the 40th day after the Series 2011-2 Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), interests in this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note may be exchanged (free of charge) for interests in a Permanent Global Class B Investor Note in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement upon presentation of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note to the Indenture Trustee.  The Permanent Global Class B Investor Note shall be so issued and delivered in exchange for only that portion of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Indenture Trustee by Euroclear or Clearstream a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class B Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class B Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

 

On an exchange of the whole of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note, this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note shall be surrendered to the Indenture Trustee.  On an exchange of part only of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto and the relevant space in Schedule A hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.  If, following the issuance of a Permanent Global Class B Investor Note in exchange for some of the Class B Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note, further Class B Investor Notes are to be exchanged pursuant to this paragraph, such exchange may be effected, without the issuance of a new Permanent Global Class B Investor Note, by the Issuer or its agent endorsing Schedule A of the Permanent Global Class B Investor Note previously issued to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Class B Investor Note by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the additional Class B Investor Notes to be exchanged.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear or Clearstream.  For purposes of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class B Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class B Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of Class B Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class B Investor Note or Class B Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class B Investor Note or Class B Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but

 

B-2-9

 

without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class B Investor Note represented by this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class B Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Temporary Global Class B Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

B-2-10

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class B Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class B Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(5)
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(5)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class B Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

B-2-11

 

EXHIBIT B-3
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
 
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AL1
 ISIN NO. USU16492AL17
 COMMON CODE 066740188

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

B-3-1

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS B

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                        ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due on the Class B Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class B Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class B Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class B Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class B Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class B Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class B Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class B Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class B Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class B Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-3-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
						

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class B Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

B-3-3

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS B INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class B Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class B Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class B (herein called the “Class B Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class B Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class B Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class B Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class B Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class B Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Class B Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Class B Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class B Investor Notes for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 1.98744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 1.75% per annum (the “Class B Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

B-3-4

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class B Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class B Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class B Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class B Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class B Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

B-3-5

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class B Investor Note or, in the case of a Class B Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class B Investor Noteholder or Class B Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class B Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class B Investor Noteholder and each Class B Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class B Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class B Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class B Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable

 

B-3-6

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class B Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class B Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class B Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class B Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class B Investor Note and of any Class B Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class B Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class B Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class B Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class B Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class B Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class B Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”).  Euroclear and Clearstream will be treated by the Indenture Trustee and any paying agent as the holder of the Class B Investor Notes.  For purposes of this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class B Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class B Investor Notes represented by this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of

 

B-3-7

 

Class B Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class B Investor Note or Class B Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class B Investor Note or Class B Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class B Investor Note represented by this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class B Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Permanent Global Class B Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

B-3-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

                                                 (name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class B Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class B Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(6)
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(6)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class B Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

B-3-9

 

EXHIBIT C-1
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
 
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. 165182 AZ9
 ISIN NO. US165182AZ91
 COMMON CODE 066740382

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”  AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QIB”) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER, PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF

 

C-1-1

 

THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS C

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                  ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due on the Class C Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class C Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class C Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class C Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class C Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class C Investor Note does

 

C-1-2

 

not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class C Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class C Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class C Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class C Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

C-1-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
						

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class C Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as
   Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

C-1-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class C Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class C Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class C (herein called the “Class C Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class C Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class C Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class C Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class C Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class C Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class C Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class C Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount. The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class C Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 2.23744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 2.00% per annum (the “Class C Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

C-1-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class C Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class C Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class C Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class C Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class C Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class C Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

C-1-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class C Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class C Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class C Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights

 

C-1-7

 

of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class C Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class C Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class C Investor Note and of any Class C Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class C Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class C Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class C Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class C Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class C Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Restricted Global Class C Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Global Class C Investor Note or a Permanent Global Class C Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement. Interests in this Restricted Global Class C Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

C-1-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

                                                 (name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class C Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class C Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(7)
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(7)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class C Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

C-1-9

 

EXHIBIT C-2
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
$[                              ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AM9
 ISIN NO. USU1649AM99
 COMMON CODE 066740781

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES.  UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING AND THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC (THE “ISSUER”) THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (1) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO THE ISSUER.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

C-2-1

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS C

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due on the Class C Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class C Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class C Investor Note for each Series  2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class C Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class C Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class C Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class C Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class C Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class C Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information

 

C-2-2

 

with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class C Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

C-2-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class C Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

C-2-4

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class C Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class C Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class C (herein called the “Class C Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class C Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class C Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class C Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Class C Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class C Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class C Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class C Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class C Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 2.3744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 2.00% per annum (the “Class C Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

C-2-5

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class C Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class C Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class C Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class C Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class C Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class C Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

C-2-6

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class C Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class C Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class C Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class C Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable

 

C-2-7

 

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class C Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class C Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class C Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class C Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class C Investor Note and of any Class C Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class C Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class C Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class C Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class C Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class C Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

During the Restricted Period (as defined below), payments (if any) on this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note will only be paid to the extent that there is presented by Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), to the Indenture Trustee a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class C Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class C Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.  After the Restricted Period,

 

C-2-8

 

the holder of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note will not be entitled to receive any payment hereon, until this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note is exchanged in full for a Permanent Global Class C Investor Note.  This Temporary Global Class C Investor Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as a Permanent Global Class C Investor Note under the Indenture.

 

After the end of the period commencing on the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and ending on the date that is the 40th day after the Series 2011-2 Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), interests in this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note may be exchanged (free of charge) for interests in a Permanent Global Class C Investor Note in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement upon presentation of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note to the Indenture Trustee.  The Permanent Global Class C Investor Note shall be so issued and delivered in exchange for only that portion of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Indenture Trustee by Euroclear or Clearstream a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of persons entitled to a Class C Investor Note (as shown by its records) certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee from such persons that their beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Global Class C Investor Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

 

On an exchange of the whole of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note, this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note shall be surrendered to the Indenture Trustee.  On an exchange of part only of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto and the relevant space in Schedule A hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.  If, following the issuance of a Permanent Global Class C Investor Note in exchange for some of the Class C Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note, further Class C Investor Notes are to be exchanged pursuant to this paragraph, such exchange may be effected, without the issuance of a new Permanent Global Class C Investor Note, by the Issuer or its agent endorsing Schedule A of the Permanent Global Class C Investor Note previously issued to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Class C Investor Note by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the additional Class C Investor Notes to be exchanged.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear or Clearstream.  For purposes of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class C Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class C Investor Notes represented by this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of Class C Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class C Investor Note or Class C Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class C Investor Note or Class C Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but

 

C-2-9

 

without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class C Investor Note represented by this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class C Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Temporary Global Class C Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

C-2-10

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class C Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class C Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
(8)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
							

 

(8)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class C Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

C-2-11

 

EXHIBIT C-3
 TO SERIES 2011-2
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE

 

	
No. [      ]
    	
$[                      ]
    

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

 

CUSIP (CINS) NO. U16492 AM9
 ISIN NO. USU1649AM99
 COMMON CODE 066740781

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

 

C-3-1

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC

 

SERIES 2011-2 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED INVESTOR NOTES, CLASS C

 

CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                        ] Dollars, which amount shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due on the Class C Final Maturity Date. However, principal with respect to the Class C Investor Notes may be paid earlier under certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on this Class C Investor Note for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, at the Class C Note Rate for such Interest Period.  Each “Series 2011-2 Interest Period” will be a period commencing on and including a Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding the next succeeding Payment Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period shall commence on and include the Series 2011-2 Closing Date and end on and include November 6, 2011.  Such principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Class C Investor Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.  This Class C Investor Note does not represent an interest in, or an obligation of, PHH Vehicle Management Services, LLC (“VMS”) or any affiliate of VMS other than the Issuer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class C Investor Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class C Investor Note. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Class C Investor Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Indenture Trustee by writing to the Indenture Trustee at:  The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W, New York, New York 10286 Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class C Investor Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

C-3-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class C Investor Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

C-3-3

 

[REVERSE OF CLASS C INVESTOR NOTE]

 

This Class C Investor Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class C Investor Notes of the Issuer designated its Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes, Class C (herein called the “Class C Investor Notes”), all issued under (i) an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of December 17, 2008 (such Amended and Restated Base Indenture, as amended or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”, which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Base Indenture), and (ii) a Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement dated as of September 28, 2011 (the “Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement”) between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The Base Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Class C Investor Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class C Investor Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

 

Subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal of the Class C Investor Notes will be payable on each Payment Date specified in and in the amounts described in the Indenture. “Payment Date” means the 7th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing November 7, 2011.

 

The entire unpaid principal amount of this Class C Investor Note shall be due and payable on the Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal on the Class C Investor Notes will be paid earlier during the Series 2011-2 Amortization Period as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class C Investor Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class C Investor Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

The Issuer will have the option to prepay the Class C Investor Notes, in whole but not in part, on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Series 2011-2 Invested Amount is less than or equal to 10% of the Series 2011-2 Initial Invested Amount.  The prepayment price for the Class C Investor Notes will be equal to the amount set forth in the Indenture.

 

Interest will accrue on this Class C Investor Notes for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period at a rate equal to (i) with respect to the initial Series 2011-2 Interest Period, 2.3744% per annum and (ii) with respect to each Series 2011-2 Interest Period thereafter, a rate per annum equal to One-Month LIBOR for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period plus 2.00% per annum (the “Class C Note Rate”).  “One-Month LIBOR” means, for each Series 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date by the Calculation Agent to be the rate for Dollar deposits having a maturity equal to one month that appears Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that if such rate does not appear on the

 

C-3-4

 

Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page, One-Month LIBOR will mean, for such 2011-2 Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks to the Calculation Agent as the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to one month; provided, further, that if fewer than two quotations are provided as requested by the Reference Banks, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-one-hundred-thousandth of one percent) of the rates quoted by major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Series 2011-2 Interest Period for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month; provided, finally, that if no such quotes are provided, “One-Month LIBOR” for such Series 2011-2 Interest Period will mean One-Month LIBOR as in effect with respect to the preceding Series 2011-2 Interest Period.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class C Note Rate to the extent lawful.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class C Investor Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class C Investor Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Class C Investor Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class C Investor Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee covenant and agree in the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement and, by acquiring a Class C Investor Note or an interest therein, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after payment in full of all obligations under each Securitization, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Origination Trust, SPV, Holdings, any other Special Purpose Entity, or any general partner or single member of any Special Purpose Entity that is a partnership or limited liability company, respectively, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, hereby represents, warrants and covenants that (a) each of the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI is a separate series of the Origination Trust as provided in Section 3806(b)(2) of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del.C. § 3801 et  seq., (b)(i) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI shall be enforceable

 

C-3-5

 

against the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivable SUBI only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio and (ii) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other SUBI (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), any other SUBI Portfolio (used in this paragraph as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Portfolio shall be enforceable against such other SUBI Portfolio or the UTI Portfolio only, as applicable, and not against any other SUBI Assets, (c) except to the extent required by law, UTI Assets or SUBI Assets with respect to any SUBI (other than the Lease SUBI and the Fleet Receivable SUBI) shall not be subject to the claims, debts, liabilities, expenses or obligations arising from or with respect to the Lease SUBI or Fleet Receivable SUBI, respectively, in respect of such claim, (d)(i) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the Lease SUBI, the Fleet Receivable SUBI or the Lease SUBI Portfolio shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the UTI or the UTI Portfolio or any other SUBI or the assets allocated thereto, and (ii) no creditor or holder of a claim relating to the UTI, the UTI Portfolio or any SUBI other than the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI or any SUBI Assets other than the Lease SUBI Portfolio or the Fleet Receivables shall be entitled to maintain any action against or recover any assets allocated to the Lease SUBI or the Fleet Receivable SUBI, and (e) any purchaser, assignee or pledgee of an interest in the Lease SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI, the Lease SUBI Certificate, the Fleet Receivable SUBI Certificate, any other SUBI, any other SUBI Certificate (used in this Section as defined in the Origination Trust Agreement), the UTI or the UTI Certificate must, prior to or contemporaneously with the grant of any such assignment, pledge or security interest, (i) give to the Origination Trust a non-petition covenant substantially similar to that set forth in Section 6.9 of the Origination Trust Agreement, and (ii) execute an agreement for the benefit of each holder, assignee or pledgee from time to time of the UTI or UTI Certificate and any other SUBI or SUBI Certificate to release all claims to the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI and each other SUBI Portfolio and in the event that such release is not given effect, to fully subordinate all claims it may be deemed to have against the assets of the Origination Trust allocated to the UTI Portfolio and each other SUBI Portfolio.

 

Each Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Investor Note or, in the case of a Class C Investor Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Investor Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Class C Investor Noteholder or Class C Investor Note Owner will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

It is the intent of the Issuer, each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class C Investor Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Series 2011-2 Collateral.  Each Class C Investor Noteholder and each Class C Investor Note Owner, by the acceptance of this Class C Investor Note, agrees to treat this Class C Investor Note for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Each Holder of this Class C Investor Note shall provide to the Indenture Trustee at least annually an appropriate statement (on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or suitable

 

C-3-6

 

substitute), with respect to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of this Class C Investor Note is a non-U.S. person and providing the Holder’s name and address.  If the information provided in the statement changes, the Holder of this Class C Investor Note shall so inform the Indenture Trustee within 30 days of such change.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes affected by such amendment or modification.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Series 2011-2 Investor Notes representing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Class C Investor Note (or any one or more predecessor Class C Investor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class C Investor Note and of any Class C Investor Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class C Investor Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes issued thereunder.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class C Investor Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Class C Investor Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

 

This Class C Investor Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such law.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class C Investor Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class C Investor Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note will be transferable in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”).  Euroclear and Clearstream will be treated by the Indenture Trustee and any paying agent as the holder of the Class C Investor Notes.  For purposes of this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note, the securities account records of Euroclear or Clearstream shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the identity of the holders of Class C Investor Notes and of the principal amount of Class C Investor Notes represented by this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note credited to the securities accounts of such holders of

 

C-3-7

 

Class C Investor Notes.  Any statement issued by Euroclear or Clearstream to any holder relating to a specified Class C Investor Note or Class C Investor Notes credited to the securities account of such holder and stating the principal amount of such Class C Investor Note or Class C Investor Notes and certified by Euroclear or Clearstream to be a true record of such securities account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the records of Euroclear or Clearstream for the purposes of the preceding sentence (but without prejudice to any other means of producing such records in evidence).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note, the Issuer irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of such holder and its successors and assigns, that, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, each holder or its successors or assigns may file any claim, take any action or institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Class C Investor Note represented by this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note which is credited to such holder’s securities account with Euroclear or Clearstream without the production of this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note.

 

Interests in this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Restricted Global Class C Investor Note provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 6.5 of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement.  Interests in this Permanent Global Class C Investor Note may be exchanged for Definitive Notes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

C-3-8

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Class C Investor Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                         , attorney, to transfer said Class C Investor Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
(9)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
							

 

(9)                                  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class C Investor Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

C-3-9

 

EXHIBIT D-1

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER

FROM RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

TO TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE]

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to Section

6.5(c) of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, 
 as Transfer Agent and Registrar

2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2

 

Re:          Chesapeake Funding LLC

Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

Reference is hereby made to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 28, 2011 (as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture Supplement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), between Chesapeake Funding LLC (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Indenture Supplement, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to US$                             principal amount of the Restricted Global Note (the “Restricted Global Note”) of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (the “Notes”) (CUSIP No. [U16492 AK3] [U16492 AL1] [U16492 AM9]), held with DTC in the name of [transferor] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such interest for an interest in the Temporary Global Note of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (ISIN No. [USU16492AK34] [USU16492AL17] [USU1649AM99]) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No. [066739694] [066740188] [066740781]) through DTC.  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of US$200,000 or any integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof of the Restricted Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such exchange or transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the

 

D-1

 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:

 

(1)           the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2)           either (a) at the time the buy order was originated the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor or any person acting on the Transferor’s behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on behalf of the Transferor knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)           no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)           the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
[Insert   name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
Chesapeake   Funding LLC
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
940   Ridgebrook Road
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Sparks,   Maryland 21152
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Attention:   General Counsel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

D-2

 

EXHIBIT D-2

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER

FROM RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

TO PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE]

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to Section

6.5(d) of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as Transfer Agent and Registrar

2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2

 

Re:          Chesapeake Funding LLC

Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

Reference is hereby made to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 28, 2011 (as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture Supplement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), between Chesapeake Funding LLC (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Indenture Supplement, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to US$                             principal amount of the Restricted Global Note (the “Restricted Global Note”) of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (the “Notes”) (CUSIP No. [U16492 AK3] [U16492 AL1] [U16492 AM9]), held with DTC in the name of [transferor] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such interest for an interest in the Permanent Global Note of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (ISIN No. [USU16492AK34] [USU16492AL17] [USU1649AM99]) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No. [066739694] [066740188] [066740781]) through DTC.  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of US$200,000 or any integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof of the Restricted Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such exchange or transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (i) with respect to transfers made in reliance upon Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Transferor does hereby certify that:

 

D-2-1

 

(1)           the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2)           either (a) at the time the buy order was originated the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor or any person acting on the Transferor’s behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on behalf of the Transferor knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)           no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)           the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

and (ii) with respect to transfers made in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Transferor hereby certifies that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
[Insert   name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
Chesapeake   Funding LLC
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
940   Ridgebrook Road
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Sparks,   Maryland 21152
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Attention:   General Counsel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

D-2-2

 

EXHIBIT D-3

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OR

EXCHANGE FROM

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

TO RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE]

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to

Section 6.5(e) of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as Transfer Agent and Registrar

2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2

 

Re:          Chesapeake Funding LLC

Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

Reference is hereby made to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 28, 2011 (as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture Supplement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), between Chesapeake Funding LLC (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Indenture Supplement, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to US$                             principal amount of the Temporary Global Note (the “Temporary Global Note”) of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (the “Notes”) (ISIN No. [USU16492AK34] [USU16492AL17] [USU1649AM99]) held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No. [066739694] [066740188] [066740781]) through DTC in the name of [transferor] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such interest for an interest in the Restricted Global Note of the Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (CUSIP No. [U16492 AK3] [U16492 AL1] [U16492 AM9]) to be held with DTC.  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of US$200,000 or any integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof of the Temporary Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the

 

D-3-1

 

Certificates for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
[Insert   name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
Chesapeake   Funding LLC
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
940   Ridgebrook Road
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Sparks,   Maryland 21152
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Attention:   General Counsel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

D-3-2

 

EXHIBIT D-4

 

[FORM OF CLEARING HOUSE SYSTEM CERTIFICATE]

(exchanges pursuant to Section 6.3

of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement)

 

Chesapeake Funding LLC

940 Ridgebrook Road

Sparks, Maryland 21152

Attention:  General Counsel

 

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as Transfer Agent and Registrar

2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention:  Structured Finance Services — Chesapeake Funding, Series 2011-2

 

Re:          Chesapeake Funding LLC

Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

Reference is hereby made to the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 28, 2011 (as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture Supplement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), between Chesapeake Funding LLC (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Indenture Supplement, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

This is to certify that we have received certificates substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit D-5 to the Indenture Supplement in writing, by tested telex or electronic transmissions from Persons appearing in our records as being entitled to a portion of the original principal amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes equal to, as of the date hereof, US$[              ] (our “Noteholders”).  Series 2011-2 Investor Noteholders of such portion of the original principal amount of the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes have requested that their beneficial interest in such Series 2011-2 Investor Notes be exchanged from Temporary Global Notes to Permanent Global Notes.

 

We further certify (i) that we are not making available herewith for exchange any portion of the Temporary Global Note except as set forth in such certificates and (ii) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Noteholders to the effect that the statements made by such Noteholder with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith

 

D-4-1

 

for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.  We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States.  In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

	
Dated:   [                  ]
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[EUROCLEAR   BANK S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[CLEARSTREAM   BANKING, société anonyme]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

D-4-2

 

EXHIBIT D-5

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OR

EXCHANGE FROM

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

TO PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE]

(exchanges pursuant to Section 6.3

of the Series 2011-2 Indenture Supplement)

 

Re:          Chesapeake Funding LLC

Series 2011-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Investor Notes

 

If the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are of the category contemplated in Section 230.903(b)(3) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), then this is to certify that, except as set forth below, the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes are beneficially owned by (a) non-U.S. persons or (b) U.S. persons who purchased the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes in transactions which did not require registration under the Act.  As used in this paragraph, the terms “U.S. person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act.

 

As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

 

This certification excepts and does not relate to US$[              ] of such interest in the above Series 2011-2 Investor Notes in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of interests in the Permanent Global Notes (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

 

We hereby request that with the exception of the interests stated in the prior paragraph, our beneficial interest in the Series 2011-2 Investor Notes be exchanged from Temporary Global Notes to Permanent Global Notes.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United States.  In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is

 

D-5-1

 

or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Date:  [                              ]*

 

 

	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
As,   or as agent for, the beneficial owner(s) of the Series 2011-2   Investor Notes to which this certificate relates.
    

 

*                                         Not earlier than fifteen (15) days prior to the certification event to which the certification relates.

 

D-5-2

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Monthly Settlement Statement

 

[On file with Administrator and Indenture Trustee]

 

E-1

 

EXHIBIT F

 

Form of Lease Rate Cap

 

F-1

 

SCHEDULE

to the

 

MASTER AGREEMENT
 (Multicurrency-Cross Border)

 

dated as of [          ], 20[  ]

 

between

 

[                    ]

 

 

(“Party A”)

 

and

 

Chesapeake Funding LLC,
 a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware

 

(“Party B”)

 

F-2

 

Definitions

 

The 2006 ISDA Definitions (the “Definitions”) are incorporated into this Agreement and shall form part of this Agreement.  In the event of any inconsistency among or between any of the following documents, the relevant document first listed below shall govern: (i) a Confirmation and any relevant definitions incorporated into such Confirmation; (ii) this Schedule and any relevant definitions incorporated herein; (iii) Sections 1 to 14 of this Agreement; and (iv) the Definitions.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined in this Agreement or the Definitions shall have the meanings specified in that certain Amended and Related Base Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2008, by and among Party B and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture”).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, references herein to a particular “Section” of this Agreement are references to the corresponding sections of the Master Agreement.

 

Part 1.                                   Termination Provisions

 

In this Agreement:

 

(a)           “Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:

 

Section 5(a)(v),             Not Applicable

Section 5(a)(vi),            Not Applicable

Section 5(a)(vii),           Not Applicable

Section 5(b)(iv),            Not Applicable

 

in relation to Party B for the purpose of:

 

Section 5(a)(v),             Not Applicable

Section 5(a)(vi),            Not Applicable

Section 5(a)(vii),           Not Applicable

Section 5(b)(iv),            Not Applicable

 

(b)           “Specified Transaction” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

(c)           Application of Events of Default.  The provisions of Section 5(a) of this Agreement will apply to Party A and Party B as follows:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Section 5(a)
    	
 
    	
Party A
    	
 
    	
Party B
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(i)
    	
 
    	
“Failure   to Pay or Deliver”
    	
 
    	
Applicable   (except as provided below in Part 1(d)(ii)).
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    
	
(ii)
    	
 
    	
“Breach   of Agreement”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    

 

F-3

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Section 5(a)
    	
 
    	
Party A
    	
 
    	
Party B
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(iii)
    	
 
    	
“Credit   Support Default”
    	
 
    	
Applicable   (except as provided below in Part 1(d)(ii)).
    	
 
    	
Applicable   (but only to the extent described below in Part 1(d)(i)).
    
	
(iv)
    	
 
    	
“Misrepresentation”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    
	
(v)
    	
 
    	
“Default   Under Specified Transaction”
    	
 
    	
[Not]   Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    
	
(vi)
    	
 
    	
“Cross-Default”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    
	
(vii)
    	
 
    	
“Bankruptcy”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Applicable   (but only to the extent described below in Part 1(f)).
    
	
(viii)
    	
 
    	
“Merger   Without Assumption”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    

 

(d)           (i) Section 5(a)(iii)(1) will apply to Party B in respect of Party B’s obligations under Paragraphs 3(b) and 8(d) of that certain Credit Support Annex, dated as of the date hereof, attached hereto and made a part hereof between Party A and Party B (as from time to time amended, supplemented or replaced, the “Credit Support Annex”).

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(iii), any failure by Party A to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A under the Credit Support Annex shall not be an Event of Default unless (A)(i) a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and has continued for at least 30 Local Business Days, (ii) Party A has failed to Transfer sufficient Eligible Credit Support to ensure that the Delivery Amount calculated under paragraph (2) of the definition of “Delivery Amount” in Paragraph 13 of the Credit Support Annex is zero (unless, in any such instance, the applicable Delivery Amount is less than the Minimum Transfer Amount) and (iii) such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to Party A, or (B)(i) an S&P Trigger Event has occurred and continued beyond any date specified for the taking of action required pursuant to Section 5(l)(A)(1) or Section 5(l)(A)(2), as applicable (ii) Party A has failed to Transfer sufficient Eligible Credit Support to ensure that the Delivery Amount calculated under paragraph (1) of the definition of “Delivery Amount” in Paragraph 13 of the Credit Support Annex is zero (unless, in any such instance, the applicable Delivery Amount is less than the Minimum Transfer Amount), and (iii) such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to Party A.

 

(e)           With respect to Section 5(a)(vi):

 

“Specified Indebtedness” will have the meaning specified in Section 14, provided that Specified Indebtedness shall not include deposits received in the course of a party’s ordinary banking business.

 

F-4

 

“Threshold Amount” means, with respect to Party A, 3% of the Shareholders’ Equity of the applicable Relevant Entity, provided that if the Relevant Entity is Party A, then “Threshold Amount” means 3% of the Shareholders’ Equity of [                              ].

 

“Shareholders’ Equity” means [with respect to an entity, at any time, (1) if the Relevant Entity is a national banking association, the “Total Equity Capital” of the Relevant Entity (as shown in the most recently filed FFIEC Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and State-Chartered Savings Banks (“Call Report”) Schedule RC- Balance Sheet of such entity) or (2) for any other entity, the sum (as shown in the most recent annual audited financial statements of such entity) of (i) its capital stock (including preferred stock) outstanding, taken at par value, (ii) its capital surplus and (iii) its retained earnings, minus (iv) treasury stock, each to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles] [an amount equal to [                          ]’s total assets minus its total liabilities as reflected on [                      ]’s most recent audited financial statements].

 

(f)                                    With respect to Party B only (and the related Confirmations only), the provisions of Section 5(a)(vii) clauses (2), (7) and (9) will not be applicable as an Event of Default; clause (3) will not apply to Party B to the extent it refers to any assignment, arrangement or composition that is effected by or pursuant to the Transaction Documents; clause (4) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to proceedings or petitions instituted or presented by Party A or any of its Affiliates; clause (6) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to (i) any appointment that is contemplated or effected by the Transaction Documents or (ii) any appointment that Party B has not become subject to; and clause (8) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it applies to Section 5(a)(vii)(2), (3), (4), (6) and (7) except to the extent that such provisions are not disapplied with respect to Party B.

 

(g)                                 Application of Termination Events.  The provisions of Section 5(b) of this Agreement will apply to Party A and Party B as follows:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Section 5(b)
    	
 
    	
Party A
    	
 
    	
Party B
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(i)
    	
 
    	
“Illegality”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    
	
(ii)
    	
 
    	
“Tax   Event”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    
	
(iii)
    	
 
    	
“Tax   Event Upon Merger”
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Applicable.
    
	
(iv)
    	
 
    	
“Credit   Event Upon Merger”
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    

 

(h)                                 Section 5(b)(ii) will apply, provided that the words “(x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y)” shall be deleted.

 

(i)                                     Notwithstanding Section 5(b)(iii), Party A shall not be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date by reason of a Tax Event Upon Merger in respect of which it is the Affected Party.

 

F-5

 

(j)                                     Section 6(b)(ii) will apply, provided that the words “or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party,” shall be deleted.

 

(k)                                  The “Automatic Early Termination” provision of Section 6(a) will not apply to either Party A or to Party B.

 

(l)                                     Payments on Early Termination.  For the purpose of Section 6(e) of this Agreement:

 

Market Quotation will apply and the Second Method will apply; provided, however, if an Early Termination Date is designated in respect of (A) an Event of Default with respect to which Party A is a Defaulting Party or (B) an Additional Termination Event with respect to which Party A is the sole Affected Party, notwithstanding Section 6 of this Agreement, the following amendment to the Agreement set forth in paragraphs (i) to (vii) below shall apply:

 

(i)                                     The definition of “Market Quotation” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions, a Firm Offer which is (1) made by an Eligible Replacement, (2) for an amount that would be paid to Party B (expressed as a negative number) or by Party B (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between Party B and such Eligible Replacement to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for Party B the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date, (3) made on the basis that Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included and (4) made in respect of a Replacement Transaction with terms that are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than those of this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to Transactions that are not Terminated Transactions), as determined by Party B.

 

(ii)                                  The definition of “Settlement Amount” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, an amount (as determined by Party B) equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of any Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding, provided that:

 

F-6

 

(A)                              If, on or before the Early Termination Date, no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and one or more Market Quotations have been made and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, the Settlement Amount shall equal the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of the lowest of such Market Quotations (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Market Quotation expressed as a negative number is lower than a Market Quotation expressed as a positive number, and (ii) the lower of two Market Quotations expressed as negative numbers is the one with the larger absolute value); and

 

(B)                                If, on the Early Termination Date, no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding on or before the Early Termination Date, and no Market Quotations have been made and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, the Settlement Amount shall equal Party B’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.

 

(iii)                               In determining whether or not a Firm Offer satisfies the condition in subparagraph (4) of Market Quotation, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

(iv)                              At any time on or before the Early Termination Date at which two or more Market Quotations remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, Party B shall be entitled to accept only the lowest of such Market Quotations (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Market Quotation expressed as a negative number is lower than a Market Quotation expressed as a positive number, and (ii) the lower of two Market Quotations expressed as negative numbers is the one with the larger absolute value).

 

(v)                                 Party B will be deemed to have discharged its obligations to obtain Market Quotations above if it requests Party A to obtain Market Quotations, where such request is made in writing within two Local Business Days after the day on which the Early Termination Date is designated.

 

(vi)                              If Party B requests Party A in writing to obtain Market Quotations, Party A shall use its reasonable efforts to do so before the Early Termination Date.

 

(vii)                           If the Settlement Amount is a negative number, Section 6(e)(i)(3) of this Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Second Method and Market Quotation.  If Second Method and Market Quotation apply, (1) Party B shall pay to Party A an amount equal to the absolute value of the Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, (2) Party B shall pay to Party A the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party A

 

F-7

 

and (3) Party A shall pay to Party B the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party B; provided that, (i) the amounts payable under (2) and (3) shall be subject to netting in accordance with Section 2(c) of this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any amount payable by Party A under (3) shall not be netted-off against any amount payable by Party B under (1).”

 

(m)                               “Termination Currency” means United States Dollars.

 

(n)                                 Additional Termination Event will apply.  Each of the following events shall constitute an Additional Termination Event hereunder:

 

(i)                                     An amendment and/or supplement to any Transaction Document is made without the prior written consent of Party A if such consent is required under such Transaction Documents and such amendment and/or supplement would materially and adversely affect Party A.  For purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party.

 

(ii)                                  Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an S&P Trigger Event, Party A fails to comply with any obligation to obtain and provide External Marks (as defined in the Credit Support Annex) in accordance with the Credit Support Annex.  With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party.

 

(iii)                               The Investor Notes shall be accelerated and/or Collateral shall be liquidated in accordance with the Transaction Documents following an “Event of Default” thereunder, or there shall occur an optional redemption or other prepayment of the Investor Notes in full prior to their stated maturity dates.  For purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and the Early Termination Date (in the case of an optional redemption or prepayment) shall occur not earlier than the third Local Business Day prior to the applicable redemption or prepayment date.

 

(iv)                              Following an S&P Trigger Event, each Relevant Entity shall fail to take action that satisfies Part 5(l)(A)(1) or (2), as applicable, hereof within the time period specified in Part 5(l)(A)(1) or (2) (provided that the occurrence of any such Additional Termination Event shall have no effect on Party A’s duty to perform its obligations hereunder prior to actual termination of this Agreement), in which event Party A shall be the sole Affected Party.

 

(v)                                 Party A fails to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex (other than any such obligation that applies to Party A solely because an S&P Trigger Event has occurred or in respect of an obligation to provide Interim Marks) and either (x) the Moody’s Second Trigger Event has not occurred or (y) the Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred but has been continuing for less than 30 Business Days.  For purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party.

 

(vi)                              A Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and has been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, and (i) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a

 

F-8

 

Firm Offer to be the Transferee under Part 5(k)(ii) below (but only if such Firm Offer then remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) and/or (ii) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer that would, assuming the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, qualify as a Market Quotation (on the basis that paragraphs (i) and (iii) in Part 1(l) above apply) and which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.  For purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party.

 

(o)                                 Party A shall be responsible for any costs reasonably incurred by Party B in connection with any assignment of this Agreement made by Party A by reason of any S&P Trigger Event, Moody’s First Trigger Event or Moody’s Second Trigger Event having occurred.

 

Part 2.                                                           Tax Representations.

 

(a)                                  Payer Tax Representations.  For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B make the following representation:

 

It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii), or 6(e) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement.  In making this representation, it may rely on (i) the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement, (ii) the satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement, and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement, and (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement; provided that it shall not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

 

(b)                                 Payee Tax Representations.  For the purposes of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B make the following representations:

 

(i)                                     The following representation applies to Party A:  Party A is [a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States and its United States federal taxpayer identification number is [                    ]].

 

(ii)                                  The following representation applies to Party B:  Party B is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, it is a U.S. person for United States federal income tax purposes and its United States federal taxpayer identification number is 51-0391968.

 

Part 3.                                                           Agreement to Deliver Documents.

 

For the purpose of Section 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each Party agrees to deliver the following documents as applicable:

 

F-9

 

(a)                                  Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

 

Party B agrees to complete, execute, and deliver to Party A a complete, valid and accurate United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any successor to such form, and any required attachments thereto (i) upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, (ii) promptly upon reasonable demand by Party A, and (iii) promptly upon learning that any such form(s) previously provided by Party B has become obsolete or is incorrect.

 

(b)                                 Other documents to be delivered are:

 

	
Party required to
   deliver document
    	
 
    	
Form/Document/Certificate
    	
 
    	
Date by which to be
   delivered
    	
 
    	
Covered by
   Section 3(d)
   Representation
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   A/Party B
    	
 
    	
Credit   Support Document, if any, specified in Part 4 hereof, such Credit   Support Document being duly executed if required.
    	
 
    	
Upon   execution and delivery of this Agreement
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   A
    	
 
    	
Incumbency   certificate or other documents evidencing the authority of the persons   executing this Agreement and the related Confirmation[s] on Party A’s behalf
    	
 
    	
On   the Closing Date
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   B
    	
 
    	
Monthly   Servicing Report setting forth the information specified in Section 8.2   of the Indenture
    	
 
    	
To   be made available to Party B on each Determination Date
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   B
    	
 
    	
Each   of (i) a copy of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents,   executed and delivered by the parties thereto and (ii) incumbency   certificate or other documents evidencing the authority of the persons   executing this Agreement and the related Confirmation[s] on Party B’s behalf
    	
 
    	
On   the Closing Date
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   A/Party B
    	
 
    	
Certified   copies of all corporate, partnership or membership authorizations, as
    	
 
    	
Upon   execution and delivery of this
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

F-10

 

	
Party required to
   deliver document
    	
 
    	
Form/Document/Certificate
    	
 
    	
Date by which to be
   delivered
    	
 
    	
Covered by
   Section 3(d)
   Representation
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
the   case may be, and any other documents with respect to the execution, delivery   and performance of this Agreement and any Credit Support Document
    	
 
    	
Agreement
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   A
    	
 
    	
[FFIEC   Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and State-Chartered   Savings Banks (“Call Report”)   of [                              ]].
    	
 
    	
To   be made available on   [                    ]   after the end of each fiscal quarter of   [                        ].
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

Part 4.                                                           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Addresses for Notices:  For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:  Address for notices or communications to Party A:

 

[                    ]
 [                    ]
 [                    ]
 Telephone: [                ]
 Facsimile: [                ]

 

With a copy to:

 

[                    ]

 

Address for notices or communications to Party B (for all purposes):

 

	
Address:
    	
 
    	
Chesapeake   Funding LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
940   Ridgebrook Road
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Sparks,   MD 21152
    
	
Attention:
    	
 
    	
Chris   Pointer
    
	
Facsimile   No.:
    	
 
    	
(410)   773-8893
    
	
Telephone   No.:
    	
 
    	
(410)   771-2393
    

 

With a copy to Standard & Poor’s:

 

	
Address:
    	
 
    	
Standard &   Poor’s, A Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
    

 

F-11

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
55   Water Street, 41st Floor
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
New   York, New York 10041
    
	
Facsimile   No.:
    	
 
    	
(212)   438-2655
    
	
Attention:
    	
 
    	
Structured   Finance Ratings, Asset-Backed Surveillance Group-John Detweiler
    

 

(b)                                 Process Agent.  For the purpose of Section 13(c):

 

	
Party   A appoints as its Process Agent:
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   B appoints as its Process Agent:
    	
 
    	
Not   Applicable.
    

 

(c)                                  Offices.  The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Multibranch Party.  For the purpose of Section 10(c) of this Agreement:

 

	
(i)
    	
 
    	
Party   A is [not] a Multibranch Party.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(ii)
    	
 
    	
Party   B is not a Multibranch Party.
    

 

(e)                                  Calculation Agent.  The Calculation Agent is Party A.

 

(f)                                    Credit Support Document.  Details of any Credit Support Document:

 

Each of the following, as amended, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, is a “Credit Support Document”:

 

Party A:  (i) The Credit Support Annex and (ii) any guarantee (including any Eligible Guarantee) of Party A’s obligations hereunder procured by Party A in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Party B:  The Credit Support Annex.

 

(g)                                 Credit Support Provider.

 

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party A, the guarantor under any guarantee (including any Eligible Guarantee) of Party A’s obligations hereunder procured by Party A in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party B, Not Applicable.

 

(h)                                 Governing Law.  This Agreement and any and all controversies arising out of or in relation to this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its conflict of laws doctrine).

 

(i)                                     Netting of Payments.  Subject to any particular Confirmation executed in connection with this Agreement, subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) of this Agreement will apply to all Transactions under the Agreement.

 

F-12

 

(j)                                     “Affiliate” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

Part 5.                                                           Other Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Representations.  Section 3(a)(iii) is hereby amended by inserting the words “or investment policies, or guidelines, procedures, or restrictions,” immediately following the word “documents,”.

 

(b)                                 Financial Statements.  Section 3(d) is hereby amended by adding in the third line thereof after the word “respect” and before the period:

 

“or, in the case of financial statements, a fair presentation of the financial condition of the relevant party”

 

(c)                                  Additional Representations.  Section 3 is hereby amended by adding the following additional subsections:

 

“(g)                           Eligible Contract Participant.  (a) It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended by the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000, (b) this Agreement and each Transaction is subject to individual negotiation by each party and (c) neither this Agreement nor any Transaction will be executed or traded on a “trading facility” within the meaning of Section 1a(33) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

 

(h)                                 Line of Business.  It has entered into this Agreement (including each Transaction evidenced hereby) in conjunction with its line of business (including financial intermediation services) or the financing of its business.

 

(i)                                     No Agency.  It is entering into this Agreement, any Credit Support Document to which it is a party, each Transaction and any other documentation relating to this Agreement or any Transaction as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise).”

 

In addition, the parties each represent that:

 

No Reliance.  Each party represents to the other party (which representation will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into or amended, extended or otherwise modified) that:  (1) it is acting for its own account and has made its own independent decisions to enter into this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder and as to whether this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder is appropriate or proper for it based on its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary; (2) it is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder; (3) no communication (written

 

F-13

 

or oral) received from the other party shall be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of any Transaction hereunder; and (4) it is capable of evaluating and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction; and (5) it is capable of assuming, and assumes, the financial and other risks of that Transaction.

 

In addition, Party B represents that:

 

ERISA.  It is not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)), subject to Title I of ERISA; a plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), subject to Section 4975 of the Code; or a plan subject to any other federal, state, local or non-U.S. statute, regulation, procedure or restriction that is materially similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (any such employee benefit or other plan, a “Plan”); or (ii) a person acting on behalf of or deemed to hold assets of any Plan.  It will provide notice to Party A in the event that it becomes aware that it is in breach of any aspect of this representation or that, with the passing of time, giving of notice or expiry of any applicable grace period, it will breach this representation.

 

In addition, Party A represents that:

 

Pari Passu:  Its obligations under this Agreement rank pari passu with all of its other unsecured, unsubordinated obligations except those obligations preferred by operation of law.

 

(d)                                 Method of Notice.  Section 12(a)(ii) of this Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

 

(e)                                  Set-off.

 

(i)                                     All payments under this Agreement shall be made without set-off or counterclaim, except as expressly provided for in Section 2(c), Section 6 (subject to Part 5(e)(ii) below) or Paragraph 8 of the Credit Support Annex.

 

(ii)                                  Section 6(e) shall be amended by the deletion of the following sentence:  “The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.”

 

(f)                                    Consent to Recording.  The parties agree that each party may electronically record all telephonic conversations between marketing and trading personnel in connection with this Agreement.  Each party agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give any necessary notice of such recording, to, its relevant personnel.

 

(g)                                 Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY

 

F-14

 

CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

(h)                                 Additional Acknowledgments and Agreements of the Parties.

 

(i)                                     No Amendment without Prior Confirmation by Rating Agencies.  Section 9(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following immediately before the period at the end thereof:  “, and unless each Rating Agency confirms that such amendment will not cause the reduction, suspension or withdrawal of the then-current rating of any of the Investor Notes, unless such amendment (i) clarifies any term or provision, corrects any inconsistency, cures any ambiguity, or corrects any typographical error in this Agreement or (ii) amends the notional amount or the other terms of a confirmation to satisfy the requirements of the Indenture (in which case written copies of such proposed amendment will be provided to the Rating Agencies prior to the effectiveness of such amendment)”.

 

(ii)                                  [Reserved].

 

(iii)                               [Reserved].

 

(i)                                     Notices to Noteholders.  Party B shall provide Party A with copies of all notices and reports given to the holders of the Investor Notes, and upon request, shall provide Party A with any other notices or reports which could be requested by the holders of any Investor Notes.

 

(j)                                     [Reserved].

 

(k)                                  Transfers.

 

(i)                                     Except as provided in Section 6(b)(ii) and Part 5(k)(ii) below, and except for transfers authorized by Section 7[(a) and] (b), Party A may not transfer (whether by way of security or otherwise) any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Party B.  Party A shall provide prior written notice to each Rating Agency of any transfer made by it pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) or Section 7(b).

 

(ii)                                  Subject to giving prior written notification to Party B and Moody’s and subject to Rating Agency Confirmation, Party A may (at its own expense) transfer its rights and obligations with respect to this Agreement to any other entity (a “Transferee”) that is an Eligible Replacement, provided that (A) the Transferee contracts with Party B on terms that (I) are identical to the terms of this Agreement in respect of any obligation (whether absolute or contingent) to make payment or delivery after the effective date of such transfer; and (II) insofar as they do not relate to payment or delivery obligations, are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than the terms of this Agreement immediately before such transfer and (B) unless such transfer is effected at a time when an S&P Trigger Event or a Moody’s First Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, Party B has determined that the condition in sub-paragraph (A)(II) above is satisfied.

 

F-15

 

(iii)                               If Party A requests Party B in writing to make a determination for the purpose of sub-paragraph (ii)(B) above and Party B does not notify Party A of its determination within 20 Local Business Days of such request, such sub-paragraph (ii)(B) shall be deemed to be deleted for the purpose of the relevant transfer, provided that such transfer is made at a time when a Moody’s First Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

(iv)                              In making any determination for the purpose of sub-paragraph (ii)(B) above, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

(v)                                 If an entity has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with (ii) above, Party B shall (at Party A’s expense) at Party A’s written request, take any reasonable steps required to be taken by it to effect such transfer.

 

(vi)                              Following a transfer in accordance with Part 5(k)(ii), all references to Party A shall be deemed to be references to the Transferee.

 

(l)                                     Downgrades of Party A.

 

(A)                              S&P Trigger Events.  (1)  S&P First Trigger Event.  If an S&P First Trigger Event occurs with respect to each Relevant Entity, Party A shall within 10 Local Business Days (plus an additional 10 Local Business Days if, before the initial 10 Local Business Days expire, Party A provides to S&P a written proposal regarding the remedy) of the occurrence of such S&P First Trigger Event, and at its sole expense, post Eligible Collateral for the benefit of Party B in the amount and on the terms then applicable under the Credit Support Annex.

 

(2)  S&P Second Trigger Event.  If an S&P Second Trigger Event occurs with respect to each Relevant Entity, Party A shall (a) within 10 Local Business Days (plus an additional 10 Local Business Days if, before the initial 10 Local Business Days expire, Party A provides to S&P a written proposal regarding the remedy) of the occurrence of such S&P Second Trigger Event, and at its sole expense, post Eligible Collateral for the benefit of Party B in the amount and on the terms then applicable under the Credit Support Annex, and (b) within 60 calendar days (including any additional time required in the case of Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to S&P) of the occurrence of such S&P Second Trigger Event (plus an additional 30 calendar days if, before the initial 60 calendar days expire, Party A provides to S&P a written proposal regarding the remedy), either (x) subject to Rating Agency Confirmation, furnish an Eligible Guarantee of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement from a guarantor with ratings specified in the definition of Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement or (y) subject to Rating Agency Confirmation, assign its rights and obligations under all Transactions to an Eligible Replacement in accordance with Part 5(k)(ii) above, provided that (A) no termination

 

F-16

 

payments or other settlement amounts are payable by Party B to either Party A or the Transferee at the time of or as a result of such assignment by Party A and (B) any termination payments or other settlement amounts are to be settled directly between Party A and the Transferee.  Upon the successful consummation of any assignment to a Transferee as contemplated in this Part 5(l)(A)(2), any obligation of Party A to post and maintain collateral under the Credit Support Annex in respect of such S&P Second Trigger Event shall terminate and Party B shall release its security interest in, and return to Party A, any then-posted collateral.

 

(B)                                Moody’s Second Trigger Events.  If a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, Party A shall at its own cost use commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, either (x) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement from a guarantor that has the Moody’s Required Hedge Ratings, or (y) effect a transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Replacement in accordance with Part 5(k)(ii) above.

 

(m)                               USA PATRIOT Act Notice.  Party A hereby notifies Party B that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Party B, which information includes the name and address of Party B and other information that will allow Party A to identify Party B in accordance with the Act.

 

(n)                                 Non-Petition.  Party A agrees that it will not, prior to at least one year and one day (or if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day) following the payment in full of all the Investor Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and the expiration of all applicable preference periods under the laws of the United States, relating to any such payment, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause Party B to invoke the process of any governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case (whether voluntary or involuntary) against Party B under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of Party B or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of Party B; provided that this provision shall not restrict or prohibit Party A from joining any other person, including, without limitation, the Trustee, or from asserting or exercising its rights, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings commenced by any Person other than Party A or its affiliates or other analogous proceedings already commenced under applicable laws.  This Part 5(n) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

(o)                                 Limited Recourse.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of Party B under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of Party B, payable solely from the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Indenture), subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and, following realization of the Collateral, any claims of Party A against Party B shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.  None of the directors, shareholders, officers or administrators of Party B shall be liable for any amount

 

F-17

 

due from Party B under this Agreement.  It is understood that the foregoing provisions shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due to Party A under this Agreement (subject to the priority of payments set forth in the Indenture) or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any obligation of Party B arising under this Agreement until the Collateral has been realized and the proceeds applied in accordance with the Indenture, whereupon any outstanding obligation of Party B under this Agreement shall be extinguished.  Notwithstanding the foregoing (or anything to the contrary in this Agreement), Party B shall be liable for its own fraud, willful misconduct and/or bad faith.  This Part 5(o) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

(p)                                 Jurisdiction.  Section 13(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by:  (i) deleting the word “non-” in the second line of subparagraph (i) thereof; and (ii) adding the words “except as necessary to pursue enforcement of the judgment of any such court in other jurisdictions” to the last line of subparagraph (i) thereof immediately prior to “; and”.

 

(q)                                 Delivery of Confirmations.  For each Transaction entered into hereunder, Party A shall promptly send to Party B a Confirmation (which may be via facsimile transmission).  Party B agrees to respond to such Confirmation within two Local Business Days, either confirming agreement thereto or requesting a correction of any error(s) contained therein.  Failure by Party A to send a Confirmation or of Party B to respond within such period shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Transaction.  Absent manifest error, there shall be a presumption that the terms contained in such Confirmation are the terms of the Transaction.

 

(r)                                    Certain Definitions.

 

“Eligible Guarantee” means an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is satisfactory to S&P (as from S&P) and is provided by a guarantor as principal debtor rather than surety and is directly enforceable by Party B, where either (A) a law firm has given a legal opinion confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to Party B under such guarantee will be subject to withholding for Tax and such opinion has been disclosed to Moody’s, (B) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any of such guarantor’s payments to Party B are subject to withholding for Tax, such guarantor is required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B (free and clear of any withholding tax) will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such withholding been required, or (C) in the event that any payment under such guarantee is made net of deduction or withholding for Tax, Party A is required, under Section 2(a)(i), to make such additional payment as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B from the guarantor will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

 

“Eligible Replacement” means an entity that could lawfully perform the obligations owing to Party B under this Agreement (i) that (A) has the Moody’s Required Hedge Ratings and (B) satisfies the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement (as evidenced by receipt of Rating Agency Confirmation from S&P), or (ii) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are

 

F-18

 

guaranteed pursuant to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor that (A) has the Moody’s Required Hedge Ratings and (B) satisfies the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement.

 

“Firm Offer” means an offer which, when made, was capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

 

“Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement” is satisfied by a Relevant Entity if such entity has (i) a long-term rating from S&P of at least “A” and a short-term rating from S&P of at least “A-1” or (ii) a long-term rating from S&P of at least “A+”.

 

“Moody’s First Trigger Event” means, at any time when Investor Notes are outstanding and rated by Moody’s but a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has not occurred, that no Relevant Entity satisfies the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings.

 

“Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings” are satisfied by an entity (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-Term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-1” and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A2” or above by Moody’s, and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-Term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A1” or above by Moody’s.

 

“Moody’s Required Hedge Ratings” means the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

 

“Moody’s Second Trigger Event” means, at any time when Investor Notes are outstanding and rated by Moody’s, that no Relevant Entity satisfies the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

 

“Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings” are satisfied by the entity (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-Term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-2” or above and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s, and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-Term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s.

 

“Moody’s Short-Term Rating” means a rating assigned by Moody’s under its short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations.

 

“Rating Agency Confirmation” means, at any time when any of the Investor Notes are outstanding and rated by S&P, with respect to any specified action or determination, receipt by Party B of written confirmation in writing (which may be in electronic form) by S&P, that such proposed specified action or determination will not, in and of itself, result in the downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the then-current rating assigned to the Investor Notes by S&P;

 

F-19

 

provided that the failure by S&P to respond within 60 calendar days after being provided notification by Party A or Party B of a proposed Amendment or Party A of a proposed Eligible Guarantee or Eligible Replacement or the written waiver or other acknowledgment from S&P indicating its decision not to review the matter for which the Rating Agency Confirmation is sought shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for the Rating Agency Confirmation from S&P with respect to such proposed action or determination.

 

“Relevant Entities” means Party A and any guarantor under an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement.

 

An “S&P First Trigger Event” is deemed to occur with respect to a Relevant Entity if (i) any of the Investor Notes are Outstanding and rated at least “AA+” by S&P but an S&P Second Trigger Event has not occurred and (ii) such Relevant Entity fails to satisfy the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement.

 

An “S&P Second Trigger Event” is deemed to occur with respect to a Relevant Entity if (i) any of the Investor Notes are Outstanding and rated at least “AA+” by S&P, and (ii) the long-term rating of such Relevant Entity from S&P is not at least “BBB+”.

 

“S&P Trigger Event” means an S&P First Trigger Event or an S&P Second Trigger Event.

 

“Transaction Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term under the Indenture.

 

(s)                                  Safe Harbors.  Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that:

 

(i)                                     [This Agreement, including any Credit Support Document, is a “master netting agreement” and a “swap agreement” as defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Code”), a “netting contract” as defined in Section 402 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, as amended (“FDICIA”) and a “swap agreement” as defined in Section 11(e)(8)(D) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”);

 

(ii)                                  Party A is a “master netting agreement participant,” a “financial institution,” a “financial participant” and a “swap participant” as defined in the Code, and a “financial institution” as defined in Section 402 of FDICIA;

 

(iii)                               The rights provided to Party A herein, and in any Credit Support Document, are rights protected by Section 560, Section 561, Sections 362(b)(17) and (27), and Section 362(o) of the Code, Sections 403 through 405 of FDICIA and Section 11(e)(8)(A) of FDIA;

 

(iv)                              All transfers of cash, securities or other property under or in connection with this Agreement, any Credit Support Document or any Transaction hereunder are

 

F-20

 

transfers protected by Sections 546(e), (f), (g) and (j) of the Code, Section 11(e)(8)(C) of FDIA, and Sections 403(f) and 404(h) of FDICIA; and

 

(v)                                 All obligations under or in connection with this Agreement, any Credit Support Document or any Transaction hereunder represent obligations in respect of “termination values”, “payment amounts” or “transfer obligations” within the meaning of the Code and FDIA.]

 

(t)                                    Tax.  Notwithstanding the definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 of this Agreement, in relation to payments by Party A, any Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax and, in relation to payments by Party B, no Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax.

 

(u)                                 Rating Agency Notifications.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be amended, no Early Termination Date shall be effectively designated by Party B, and no transfer of any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be made, unless Moody’s and S&P have been given prior written notice of such amendment, designation or transfer.

 

(v)                                 Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any party or circumstance, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable (in whole or in part) for any reason, the remaining terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions hereof shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid or unenforceable portion eliminated, so long as this Agreement as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective benefits or expectations of the parties to the Agreement; provided, however, that this severability provision shall not be applicable if any provision of Section 2, 5, 6, or 13 (or any definition or provision in Section 14 to the extent it relates to, or is used in or in connection with, any such Section) shall be so held to be invalid or unenforceable.

 

(w)                               Acknowledgement of Assignment.  Party A hereby acknowledges and consents to Party’s assignment to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Noteholders under the Indenture, of Party B’s rights hereunder, including the right to enforce Party A’s obligations hereunder.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

F-21

 

IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Schedule by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof,

 

	
[                                                ]
    	
 
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
   Title:
    	
 
    	
Name:
   Title:
    

 

F-22

 

	
(Unilateral   Form)
    	
(ISDA Agreements Subject to New York Law Only)
    

 

	
ISDA®
    
	
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
    
	
CREDIT SUPPORT ANNEX
    
	
to the Schedule to the
    
	
MASTER AGREEMENT
    
	
 
    
	
dated as of   [                        ]
    
	
between
    
	    
[                            ]
    
    	
and
    	    
CHESAPEAKE FUNDING LLC
    
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(“Party A”)
    	
 
    	
(“Party B”)
    

 

This Annex supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the above-referenced Agreement, is part of its Schedule and is a Credit Support Document under this Agreement with respect to each party.

 

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

 

Paragraph 1.                                                 Interpretation

 

(a)                                  Definitions and Inconsistency.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings specified pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all references in this Annex to Paragraphs are to Paragraphs of this Annex.  In the event of any inconsistency between this Annex and the other provisions of this Schedule, this Annex will prevail, and in the event of any inconsistency between Paragraph 13 and the other provisions of this Annex, Paragraph 13 will prevail.

 

(b)                                 Secured Party and Pledgor.  All references in this Annex to the “Secured Party” will be to either party when acting in that capacity and all corresponding references to the “Pledgor” will be to the other party when acting in that capacity; provided, however, that if Other Posted Support is held by a party to this Annex, all references herein to that party as the Secured Party with respect to that Other Posted Support will be to that party as the beneficiary thereof and will not subject that support or that party as the beneficiary thereof to provisions of law generally relating to security interests and secured parties.

 

F-23

 

Paragraph 2.                                                 Security Interest

 

Each party, as the Pledgor, hereby pledges to the other party, as the Secured Party, as security for its Obligations, and grants to the Secured Party a first priority continuing security interest in, lien on and right of Set-off against all Posted Collateral Transferred to or received by the Secured Party hereunder.  Upon the Transfer by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of Posted Collateral, the security interest and lien granted hereunder on that Posted Collateral will be released immediately and, to the extent possible, without any further action by either party.

 

Paragraph 3.                                                 Credit Support Obligations

 

(a)                                  Delivery Amount.  Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date, if the Delivery Amount for that Valuation Date equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Pledgor will Transfer to the Secured Party Eligible Credit Support having a Value as of the date of Transfer at least equal to the applicable Delivery Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13).  Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the “Delivery Amount” applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the amount by which:

 

(i)         the Credit Support Amount

 

exceeds

 

(ii)        the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.

 

(b)                                 Return Amount.  Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon a demand made by the Pledgor on or promptly following a Valuation Date, if the Return Amount for that Valuation Date equals or exceeds the Secured Party’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor Posted Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in that demand having a Value as of the date of Transfer as close as practicable to the applicable Return Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13).  Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the “Return Amount” applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will equal the amount by which:

 

(i)         the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party

 

exceeds

 

(ii)        the Credit Support Amount.

 

“Credit Support Amount” means, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, for any Valuation Date (i) the Secured Party’s Exposure for that Valuation Date plus (ii) the aggregate of all Independent Amounts applicable to the Pledgor, if any, minus (iii) all Independent Amounts applicable to the Secured Party, if any, minus (iv) the Pledgor’s Threshold; provided, however, that the Credit Support Amount will be deemed to be zero whenever the calculation of Credit Support Amount yields a number less than zero.

 

F-24

 

Paragraph 4.                                                 Conditions Precedent, Transfer Timing, Calculations and Substitutions

 

(a)                                  Conditions Precedent.  Each Transfer obligation of the Pledgor under Paragraphs 3 and 5 and of the Secured Party under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5 and 6(d) is subject to the conditions precedent that:

 

(i)         no Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Specified Condition has occurred and is continuing with respect to the other party; and

 

(ii)        no Early Termination Date for which any unsatisfied payment obligations exist has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the other party.

 

(b)                                 Transfer Timing.  Subject to Paragraphs 4(a) and 5 and unless otherwise specified, if a demand for the Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support is made by the Notification Time, then the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on the next Local Business Day; if a demand is made after the Notification Time, then the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on the second Local Business Day thereafter.

 

(c)                                  Calculations.  All calculations of Value and Exposure for purposes of Paragraphs 3 and 6(d) will be made by the Valuation Agent as of the Valuation Time.  The Valuation Agent will notify each party (or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) of its calculations not later than the Notification Time on the Local Business Day following the applicable Valuation Date (or in the case of Paragraph 6(d), following the date of calculation).

 

(d)                                 Substitutions.

 

(i)         Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, upon notice to the Secured Party specifying the items of Posted Credit Support to be exchanged, the Pledgor may, on any Local Business Day, Transfer to the Secured Party substitute Eligible Credit Support (the “Substitute Credit Support”); and

 

(ii)        subject to Paragraph 4(a), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor the items of Posted Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in its notice not later than the Local Business Day following the date on which the Secured Party receives the Substitute Credit Support, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 (the “Substitution Date”); provided that the Secured Party only will be obligated to Transfer Posted Credit Support with a Value as of the date of Transfer of that Posted Credit Support equal to the Value as of that date of the Substitute Credit Support.

 

Paragraph 5.                                                 Dispute Resolution

 

If a party (a “Disputing Party”) disputes (I) the Valuation Agent’s calculation of a Delivery Amount or a Return Amount or (II) the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support, then (1) the Disputing Party will notify the other party and the Valuation

 

F-25

 

Agent and the other party (if the Valuation Agent is not the other party) not later than the close of business on the Local Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in the case of (I) above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (2) subject to Paragraph 4(a), the appropriate party will Transfer the undisputed amount to the other party not later than the close of business on the Local Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in the case of (I) above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (3) the parties will consult with each other in an attempt to resolve the dispute and (4) if they fail to resolve the dispute by the Resolution Time, then:

 

(i)                          In the case of a dispute involving a Delivery Amount or Return Amount, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Exposure and the Value as of the Recalculation Date by:

 

(A)                              utilizing any calculations of Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions) that the parties have agreed are not in dispute;

 

(B)                                calculating the Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions) in dispute by seeking four actual quotations at mid-market from Reference Market-makers for purposes of calculating Market Quotation, and taking the arithmetic average of those obtained; provided that if four quotations are not available for a particular Transaction (or Swap Transaction), then fewer than four quotations may be used for that Transaction (or Swap Transaction); and if no quotations are available for a particular Transaction (or Swap Transaction), then the Valuation Agent’s original calculations will be used for that Transaction (or Swap Transaction); and

 

(C)                                utilizing the procedures specified in Paragraph 13 for calculating the Value, if disputed, of Posted Credit Support.

 

(ii)                       In the case of a dispute involving the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support, the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Value as of the date of Transfer pursuant to Paragraph 13.

 

Following a recalculation pursuant to this Paragraph, the Valuation Agent will notify each party (or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) not later than the Notification Time on the Local Business Day following the Resolution Time.  The appropriate party will, upon demand following that notice by the Valuation Agent or a resolution pursuant to (3) above and subject to Paragraphs 4(a) and 4(b), make the appropriate Transfer.

 

Paragraph 6.                                                 Holding and Using Posted Collateral

 

(a)                                  Care of Posted Collateral.  Without limiting the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c), the Secured Party will exercise reasonable care to assure the safe custody of all Posted Collateral to the extent required by applicable law, and in any event the Secured Party will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it exercises at least the same degree of care as it would exercise with respect to its own property.  Except as specified in the preceding sentence, the Secured Party will have no duty with respect to Posted

 

F-26

 

Collateral, including, without limitation, any duty to collect any Distributions, or enforce or preserve any rights pertaining thereto.

 

(b)                                 Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.

 

(i)                          General.  Subject to the satisfaction of any conditions specified in Paragraph 13 for holding Posted Collateral, the Secured Party will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral or to appoint an agent (a “Custodian”) to hold Posted Collateral for the Secured Party.  Upon notice by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of the appointment of a Custodian, the Pledgor’s obligations to make any Transfer will be discharged by making the Transfer to that Custodian.  The holding of Posted Collateral by a Custodian will be deemed to be the holding of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party for which the Custodian is acting.

 

(ii)                       Failure to Satisfy Conditions.  If the Secured Party or its Custodian fails to satisfy any conditions for holding Posted Collateral, then upon a demand made by the Pledgor, the Secured Party will, not later than five Local Business Days after the demand, Transfer or cause its Custodian to Transfer all Posted Collateral held by it to a Custodian that satisfies those conditions or to the Secured Party if it satisfies those conditions.

 

(iii)                    Liability.  The Secured Party will be liable for the acts or omissions of its Custodian to the same extent that the Secured Party would be liable hereunder for its own acts or omissions.

 

(c)                                  Use of Posted Collateral.  Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and without limiting the rights and obligations of the parties under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5, 6(d) and 8, if the Secured Party is not a Defaulting Party or an Affected Party with respect to a Specified Condition and no Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Secured Party, then the Secured Party will, notwithstanding Section 9-207 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, have the right to:

 

(i)                          sell, pledge, rehypothecate, assign, invest, use, commingle or otherwise dispose of, or otherwise use in its business any Posted Collateral it holds, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor; and

 

(ii)                       register any Posted Collateral in the name of the Secured Party, its Custodian or a nominee for either.

 

For purposes of the obligation to Transfer Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support pursuant to Paragraphs 3 and 5 and any rights or remedies authorized under this Agreement, the Secured Party will be deemed to continue to hold all Posted Collateral and to receive Distributions made thereon, regardless of whether the Secured Party has exercised any rights with respect to any Posted Collateral pursuant to (i) or (ii) above.

 

F-27

 

(d)                                 Distributions and Interest Amount.

 

(i)                          Distributions.  Subject to Paragraph 4(a), if the Secured Party receives or is deemed to receive Distributions on a Local Business Day, it will Transfer to the Pledgor not later than the following Local Business Day any Distributions it receives or is deemed to receive to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that Transfer, as calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of calculation will be deemed to be a Valuation Date for this purpose).

 

(ii)                       Interest Amount.  Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and subject to Paragraph 4(a), in lieu of any interest, dividends or other amounts paid or deemed to have been paid with respect to Posted Collateral in the form of Cash (all of which may be retained by the Secured Party), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor at the times specified in Paragraph 13 the Interest Amount to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that Transfer, as calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of calculation will be deemed to be a Valuation Date for this purpose).  The Interest Amount or portion thereof not Transferred pursuant to this Paragraph will constitute Posted Collateral in the form of Cash and will be subject to the security interest granted under Paragraph 2.

 

Paragraph 7.                                                 Events of Default

 

For purposes of Section 5(a)(iii)(1) of this Agreement, an Event of Default will exist with respect to a party if:

 

(i)                          that party fails (or fails to cause its Custodian) to make, when due, any Transfer of Eligible Collateral, Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount, as applicable, required to be made by it and that failure continues for two Local Business Days after notice of that failure is given to that party;

 

(ii)                       that party fails to comply with any restriction or prohibition specified in this Annex with respect to any of the rights specified in Paragraph 6(c) and that failure continues for five Local Business Days after notice of that failure is given to that party; or

 

(iii)                    that party fails to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation other than those specified in Paragraphs 7(i) and 7(ii) and that failure continues for 30 days after notice of that failure is given to that party.

 

Paragraph 8.                                                 Certain Rights and Remedies

 

(a)                                  Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies.  If at any time (1) an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Pledgor has occurred and is continuing or (2) an Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Pledgor, then, unless the Pledgor has

 

F-28

 

paid in full all of its Obligations that are then due, the Secured Party may exercise one or more of the following rights and remedies:

 

(i)                          all rights and remedies available to a secured party under applicable law with respect to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

 

(ii)                       any other rights and remedies available to the Secured Party under the terms of Other Posted Support, if any;

 

(iii)                    the right to Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted Collateral); and

 

(iv)                   the right to liquidate any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party through one or more public or private sales or other dispositions with such notice, if any, as may be required under applicable law, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor (with the Secured Party having the right to purchase any or all of the Posted Collateral to be sold) and to apply the proceeds (or the Cash equivalent thereof) from the liquidation of the Posted Collateral to any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations in that order as the Secured Party may elect.

 

Each party acknowledges and agrees that Posted Collateral in the form of securities may decline speedily in value and is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, and, accordingly, the Pledgor is not entitled to prior notice of any sale of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party, except any notice that is required under applicable law and cannot be waived.

 

(b)                                 Pledgor’s Rights and Remedies.  If at any time an Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Secured Party, then (except in the case of an Early Termination Date relating to less than all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) where the Secured Party has paid in full all of its obligations that are then due under Section 6(e) of this Agreement):

 

(i)                          the Pledgor may exercise all rights and remedies available to a pledgor under applicable law with respect to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

 

(ii)                       the Pledgor may exercise any other rights and remedies available to the Pledgor under the terms of Other Posted Support, if any;

 

(iii)                    the Secured Party will be obligated immediately to Transfer all Posted Collateral and the Interest Amount to the Pledgor; and

 

(iv)                   to the extent that Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount is not so Transferred pursuant to (iii) above, the Pledgor may:

 

F-29

 

(A)                              Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted Collateral); and

 

(B)                                to the extent that the Pledgor does not Set-off under (iv)(A) above, withhold payment of any remaining amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations, up to the Value of any remaining Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party, until that Posted Collateral is Transferred to the Pledgor.

 

(c)                                  Deficiencies and Excess Proceeds.  The Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor any proceeds and Posted Credit Support remaining after liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs 8(a) and 8(b) after satisfaction in full of all amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations; the Pledgor in all events will remain liable for any amounts remaining unpaid after any liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs 8(a) and 8(b).

 

(d)                                 Final Returns.  When no amounts are or thereafter may become payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations (except for any potential liability under Section 2(d) of this Agreement), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor all Posted Credit Support and the Interest Amount, if any.

 

Paragraph 9.                                                 Representations

 

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated as of each date on which it, as the Pledgor, Transfers Eligible Collateral) that:

 

(i)                          it has the power to grant a security interest in and lien on any Eligible Collateral it Transfers as the Pledgor and has taken all necessary actions to authorize the granting of that security interest and lien;

 

(ii)                       it is the sole owner of or otherwise has the right to Transfer all Eligible Collateral it transfers to the Secured Party hereunder, free and clear of any security interest, lien, encumbrance or other restrictions other than the security interest and lien granted under Paragraph 2;

 

(iii)                    upon the Transfer of any Eligible Collateral to the Secured Party under the terms of this Annex, the Secured Party will have a valid and perfected first priority security interest therein (assuming that any central clearing corporation or any third-party financial intermediary or other entity not within the control of the Pledgor involved in the Transfer of that Eligible Collateral gives the notices and takes the action required of it under applicable law for perfection of that interest); and

 

(iv)                   the performance by it of its obligations under this Annex will not result in the creation of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance on any Posted Collateral other than the security interest and lien granted under Paragraph 2.

 

F-30

 

Paragraph 10.                                          Expenses

 

(a)                                  General.  Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 10(b) and 10(c), each party will pay its own costs and expenses in connection with performing its obligations under this Annex and neither party will be liable for any costs and expenses incurred by the other party in connection herewith.

 

(b)                                 Posted Credit Support.  The Pledgor will promptly pay when due all taxes, assessments or charges of any nature that are imposed with respect to Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party upon becoming aware of the same, regardless of whether any portion of that Posted Credit Support is subsequently disposed of under Paragraph 6(c), except for those taxes, assessments and charges that result from the exercise of the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

 

(c)                                  Liquidation/Application of Posted Credit Support.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Secured Party or the Pledgor in connection with the liquidation and/or application of any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 8 will be payable, on demand and pursuant to the Expenses Section of this Agreement, by the Defaulting Party or, if there is no Defaulting Party, equally by the parties.

 

Paragraph  11.                                          Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  Default Interest.  A Secured Party that fails to make, when due, any Transfer of Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount will be obligated to pay the Pledgor (to the extent permitted under applicable law) an amount equal to interest at the Default Rate multiplied by the Value of the items of property that were required to be Transferred, from (and including) the date that Posted Collateral or Interest Amount was required to be Transferred to (but excluding) the date of Transfer of that Posted Collateral or Interest Amount.  This interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(b)                                 Further Assurances.  Promptly following a demand made by a party, the other party will execute, deliver, file and record any financing statement, specific assignment or other document and take any other action that may be necessary or desirable and reasonably requested by that party to create, preserve, perfect or validate any security interest or lien granted under Paragraph 2, to enable that party to exercise or enforce its rights under this Annex with respect to Posted Credit Support or an Interest Amount or to effect or document a release of a security interest on Posted Collateral or an Interest Amount.

 

(c)                                  Further Protection.  The Pledgor will promptly give notice to the Secured Party of, and defend against, any suit, action, proceeding or lien that involves Posted Credit Support Transferred by the Pledgor or that could adversely affect the security interest and lien granted by it under Paragraph 2, unless that suit, action, proceeding or lien results from the exercise of the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

 

(d)                                 Good Faith and Commercially Reasonable Manner.  Performance of all obligations under this Annex including, but not limited to, all calculations, valuations and

 

F-31

 

determinations made by either party, will be made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

(e)                                  Demands and Notices.  All demands and notices made by a party under this Annex will be made as specified in the Notices Section of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 13.

 

(f)                                    Specifications of Certain Matters.  Anything referred to in this Annex as being specified in Paragraph 13 also may be specified in one or more Confirmations or other documents and this Annex will be construed accordingly.

 

Paragraph 12.                                          Definitions

 

As used in this Annex:—

 

“Cash” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

“Credit Support Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3.

 

“Custodian” has the meaning specified in Paragraphs 6(b)(i) and 13.

 

“Delivery Amount “ has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a).

 

“Disputing Party” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 5.

 

“Distributions” means with respect to Posted Collateral other than Cash, all principal, interest and other payments and distributions of cash or other property with respect thereto, regardless of whether the Secured Party has disposed of that Posted Collateral under Paragraph 6(c).  Distributions will not include any item of property acquired by the Secured Party upon any disposition or liquidation of Posted Collateral or, with respect to any Posted Collateral in the form of Cash, any distributions on that collateral, unless otherwise specified herein.

 

“Eligible Collateral” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

 

“Eligible Credit Support” means Eligible Collateral and Other Eligible Support.

 

“Exposure” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, the amount, if any, that would be payable to a party that is the Secured Party by the other party (expressed as a positive number) or by a party that is the Secured Party to the other party (expressed as a negative number) pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) of this Agreement as if all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) were being terminated as of the relevant Valuation Time; provided that Market Quotation will be determined by the Valuation Agent using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for Replacement Transactions (as that term is defined in the definition of “Market Quotation”).

 

“Independent Amount” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

 

F-32

 

“Interest Amount”  means, with respect to an Interest Period, the aggregate sum of the amounts of interest calculated for each day in that Interest Period on the principal amount of Posted Collateral in the form of Cash held by the Secured Party on that day, determined by the Secured Party for each such day as follows:

 

(x)            the amount of that Cash on that day; multiplied by

 

(y)           the Interest Rate in effect for that day; divided by

 

(z)            360.

 

“Interest Period” means the period from (and including) the last Local Business Day on which an Interest Amount was Transferred (or, if no Interest Amount has yet been Transferred, the Local Business Day on which Posted Collateral in the form of Cash was Transferred to or received by the Secured Party) to (but excluding) the Local Business Day on which the current Interest Amount is to be Transferred.

 

“Interest Rate” means the rate specified in Paragraph 13.

 

“Local Business Day”, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, has the meaning specified in the Definitions Section of this Agreement, except that references to a payment in clause (a) thereof will be deemed to include a Transfer under this Annex.

 

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

 

“Notification Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

 

“Obligations” means, with respect to a party, all present and future obligations of that party under this Agreement and any additional obligations specified for that party in Paragraph 13.

 

“Other Eligible Support” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

 

“Other Posted Support” means all Other Eligible Support Transferred to the Secured Party that remains in effect for the benefit of that Secured Party.

 

“Pledgor” means either party, when that party (i) receives a demand for or is required to Transfer Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) has Transferred Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a).

 

“Posted Collateral” means all Eligible Collateral, other property, Distributions, and all proceeds thereof that have been Transferred to or received by the Secured Party under this Annex and not Transferred to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), 4(d)(ii) or 6(d)(i) or released by the Secured Party under Paragraph 8.  Any Interest Amount or portion thereof not Transferred pursuant to Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will constitute Posted Collateral in the form of Cash.

 

“Posted Credit Support” means Posted Collateral and Other Posted Support.

 

F-33

 

“Recalculation Date” means the Valuation Date that gives rise to the dispute under Paragraph 5; provided, however, that if a subsequent Valuation Date occurs under Paragraph 3 prior to the resolution of the dispute, then the “Recalculation Date” means the most recent Valuation Date under Paragraph 3.

 

“Resolution Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

 

“Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b).

 

“Secured Party” means either party, when that party (i) makes a demand for or is entitled to receive Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) holds or is deemed to hold Posted Credit Support.

 

“Specified Condition” means, with respect to a party, any event specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

 

“Substitute Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(i).

 

“Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

 

“Threshold” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

 

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Eligible Credit Support, Posted Credit Support or Interest Amount, and in accordance with the instructions of the Secured Party, Pledgor or Custodian, as applicable:

 

	
(i)
    	
in   the case of Cash, payment or delivery by wire transfer into one or more bank   accounts specified by the recipient;
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
(ii)
    	
in   the case of certificated securities that cannot be paid or delivered by   book-entry, payment or delivery in appropriate physical form to the recipient   or its account accompanied by any duly executed instruments of transfer,   assignments in blank, transfer tax stamps and any other documents necessary   to constitute a legally valid transfer to the recipient;
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
(iii)
    	
in   the case of securities that can be paid or delivered by book-entry, the   giving of written instructions to the relevant depository institution or   other entity specified by the recipient, together with a written copy thereof   to the recipient, sufficient if complied with to result in a legally   effective transfer of the relevant interest to the recipient; and
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
(iv)
    	
in   the case of Other Eligible Support or Other Posted Support, as specified in   Paragraph 13.
    

 

“Valuation Agent” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

 

F-34

 

“Valuation Date” means each date specified in or otherwise determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.

 

“Valuation Percentage” means, for any item of Eligible Collateral, the percentage specified in Paragraph 13.

 

“Valuation Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

 

“Value” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Value is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, with respect to:

 

(i)                          Eligible Collateral or Posted Collateral that is:

 

(A)                              Cash, the amount thereof; and

 

(B)                                a security, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage, if any;

 

(ii)                       Posted Collateral that consists of items that are not specified as Eligible Collateral, zero; and

 

(iii)                    Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support, as specified in Paragraph 13.

 

Paragraph 13.

 

(a)                                  Security Interest for “Obligations”.  The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes no additional obligations with respect to Party A or Party B.

 

(b)                                 Credit Support Obligations.

 

(i)                          “Delivery Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a), except that:

 

(A)                              the words “upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date” shall be deleted and replaced with the words “not later than the close of business on each Valuation Date”;

 

(B)                                the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party,” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“The “Delivery Amount” applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the greater of:

 

(1)                                  the amount by which (a) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Value, as of such Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party, and

 

F-35

 

(2)                                  the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Value (determined using the Valuation Percentages set out in Exhibit I), as of such Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.”; and

 

(C)                                if, on any Valuation Date, the Delivery Amount equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, the Pledgor will Transfer to the Secured Party sufficient Eligible Credit Support to ensure that, immediately following such transfer, the Delivery Amount shall be zero.

 

(ii)                       “Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b), except that:

 

(A)                              the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Credit Support Amount,” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“The “Return Amount” applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will equal the lesser of:

 

(1)                                  the amount by which (a) the Value, as of such Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date; and

 

(2)                                  the amount by which (a) the Value (determined using the Valuation Percentages set out in Exhibit I), as of such Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Moody’s Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date.”

 

(B)                                in no event shall the Secured Party be required to Transfer any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 3(b) if, immediately following such Transfer, the Delivery Amount would be greater than zero.

 

(iii)                    Eligible Collateral.  Exhibit I hereto lists the types of assets that will qualify as “Eligible Collateral” for purposes of the Moody’s Credit Support Amount.  Exhibit II hereto lists the types of assets that will qualify as “Eligible Collateral” for purposes of the S&P Credit Support Amount.

 

(iv)                   There shall be no “Other Eligible Support” for Party A for purposes of this Annex.

 

(v)                      Thresholds.

 

(A)                              “Independent Amount” means with respect to Party A:  Not Applicable. “Independent Amount” means with respect to Party B:  Not Applicable.

 

(B)                                “S&P Threshold” means with respect to Party A:  Infinity; provided, however, that the S&P Threshold with respect to Party A shall be zero if

 

F-36

 

(i) an S&P Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 10 Local Business Days (plus an additional 10 Local Business Days, if before the initial 10 Local Business Days expire, Party A provides to S&P written plans for collateral posting or other remedies).

 

“Moody’s Threshold” means with respect to Party A:  Infinity; provided, however, that the Moody’s Threshold with respect to Party A shall be zero if no Relevant Entity satisfies the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and has not done so (x) for at least 30 Local Business Days or (y) since the date of this Annex.

 

“Threshold” means with respect to Party B:  Not Applicable.

 

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means USD 50,000 with respect to each of Party A and Party B.

 

(C)                                Rounding.  The Delivery Amount will be rounded up and the Return Amount will be rounded down to the nearest integral multiple of USD 10,000, respectively.

 

(c)           Valuation and Timing.

 

(i)                          “Valuation Agent” means Party A; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Annex, the Valuation Agent shall not be required to notify Party B of any of the Valuation Agent’s calculations of Value, Exposure, Delivery Amount or Return Amount under this Annex unless requested to do so (either verbally or in writing) by Party B in each instance.

 

(ii)                       “Valuation Date” means each Local Business Day.

 

(iii)                    “Valuation Time” means:

 

[ ]            the close of business in the city of the Valuation Agent on the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as applicable;

 

[ ]            the close of business on the Local Business Day before the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as applicable;

 

provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will be made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

 

“Notification Time” means 1:00 p.m., New York time, on a Local Business Day.

 

(d)                                Conditions Precedent.  No event shall constitute a “Specified Condition”.

 

(e)                                  Substitution.

 

F-37

 

(i)                          “Substitution Date” means the Local Business Day in New York on which the Secured Party is able to confirm irrevocable receipt of the Substitute Credit Support, provided that (x) such receipt is confirmed before 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on such Local Business Day in New York and (y) the Secured Party has received, before 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the immediately preceding Local Business Day in New York, the notice of substitution described in Paragraph 4(d)(i).

 

(ii)                       Consent.  The Pledgor is not required to obtain the Secured Party’s consent for any substitution pursuant to Paragraph 4(d).

 

(f)                                    Dispute Resolution.

 

(i)                          “Resolution Time” means 1:00 p.m., New York time, on the Local Business Day following the date on which a notice is given that gives rise to a dispute under Paragraph 5.

 

(ii)                       Alternative.  The provisions of Paragraph 5 will apply.

 

(g)                                 Holding and Using Posted Collateral.

 

(i)                          Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.  Party B and its Custodian will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral, as applicable, pursuant to Paragraph 6(b); provided that the following conditions applicable to each party are satisfied:

 

(A)                              Party B, as the Secured Party, is not a Defaulting Party; and

 

(B)                                Party B hereby covenants and agrees that it will cause all Posted Collateral received from Party A to be held in one or more segregated trust accounts (each, a “Collateral Account”) maintained with a domestic office of a commercial bank, trust company or financial institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any state or a political subdivision thereof) having assets of at least USD 10 billion and a long-term debt or deposit rating of at least Baa2 from Moody’s and a short-term debt or deposit rating of at least A-1 from S&P (a “Qualified Institution”); provided that if any such institution fails to maintain any such rating, such institution may continue to hold Posted Collateral until such Posted Collateral is promptly deposited with a Qualified Institution.  The Secured Party may move the Collateral Accounts from one Qualified Institution to another upon reasonable notice to the Pledgor.  The Secured Party shall cause records to be kept of, and shall identify all items of Posted Collateral credited to, each Collateral Account and shall cause statements concerning the Posted Collateral transferred or delivered by the Pledgor to be sent to the Pledgor on request, which may not be made more frequently than once in each calendar month.

 

(ii)                       Use of Posted Collateral.  The provisions of Paragraph 6(c) will not apply to Party B.

 

F-38

 

(h)                                 Distributions and Interest Amount.

 

(i)                          The “Interest Rate”, with respect to Eligible Collateral in the form of USD Cash, for any day, will be the rate that Party B actually earns and receives on the relevant Posted Collateral.

 

(ii)                       The “Transfer of Interest Amount” will be made within 3 Local Business Days after the last Local Business Day of each calendar month; provided that Party B shall not be obligated to transfer to Party A any Interest Amount in excess of the amount of interest that Party B actually earns and receives on the relevant Posted Collateral.

 

(iii)                    Alternative Interest Amount.  The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will apply.

 

(iv)                   Paragraph 12 is hereby amended by replacing the definition of “Interest Period” with the following:

 

“‘Interest Period’ means the period from (and including) the first day of each calendar month to (and including) the last day of each calendar month.”

 

(v)                      The definition of “Posted Collateral” in Paragraph 12 is hereby amended by inserting the words “received by Party B and” after the words “Interest Amount or portion thereof”.

 

(i)                                     Additional Representations.  None.

 

(j)                                     Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support.  Not Applicable.

 

(k)                                  Demands and Notices.  All demands, specifications and notices made by a party to this Annex will be made to the following:

 

	
Party   A:
    	
 
    	
[                        ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[                        ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[                        ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Telephone:   [                  ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Fax:   [                  ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   B:
    	
 
    	
Chesapeake   Funding LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
940   Ridgebrook Road
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Sparks,   MD 21152
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Telephone:   (410) 771-2634
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Fax:   (410) 773-8893
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Addresses for Transfers.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   A:
    	
 
    	
[                    ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Party   B:
    	
 
    	
To   be provided by Party B in writing in the notice to transfer.
    

 

F-39

 

(l)                                     Other Provisions.

 

(i)                          This Credit Support Annex is a Security Agreement under the UCC.

 

(ii)                       Paragraph 1(b) of this Annex is amended by deleting it and restating it in full as follows:

 

“(b) Secured Party and Pledgor.  All references in this Annex to the “Secured Party” mean Party B, and all references in this Annex to the “Pledgor” mean Party A; provided, however, that if Other Posted Support is held by Party B, all references herein to the Secured Party with respect to that Other Posted Support will be to Party B as the beneficiary thereof and will not subject that support or Party B as the beneficiary thereof to provisions of law generally relating to security interests and secured parties.”

 

(iii)                    Paragraph 2 of this Annex is amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and restating that sentence in full as follows:

 

“Party A, as the Pledgor, hereby pledges to Party B, as the Secured Party, as security for the Pledgor’s Obligations, and grants to the Secured Party a first priority continuing security interest in, lien on and right of Set-off against all Posted Collateral Transferred to or received by the Secured Party hereunder.”

 

(iv)                   Only Party A makes the representations contained in Paragraph 9 of this Annex.

 

(v)                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 10(a) of this Annex, the Pledgor will be responsible for, and will reimburse the Secured Party for, all transfer and other taxes and other costs involved in the maintenance of and any Transfer of Eligible Collateral.

 

(vi)                   Paragraph 12 of this Annex is amended by deleting the definitions of “Pledgor”, “Secured Party” and “Value” and replacing them with the following:

 

“Pledgor” means Party A.

 

“Secured Party” means Party B.

 

“Value”, for any Valuation Date or other date for which Value is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, will be calculated as follows:  for Cash, the U.S. dollar value thereof, and for each item of Eligible Collateral (except for Cash), an amount in U.S. dollars equal to (i) in the case of any calculation relating to the S&P Credit Support Amount, the product of  (A) either (I) the bid price for such security quoted on such day by a principal market-maker for such security selected in good faith by the Secured Party or (II) the most recent publicly available bid price for such security as reported by a quotation service or in a medium selected in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Secured Party, and (B) 100% minus the applicable haircut listed for such security in Exhibit II hereto, or (ii) in the case of any calculation relating

 

F-40

 

to the Moody’s Credit Support Amount, the product of (A) either (I) the bid price for such security quoted on such day by a principal market-maker for such security selected in good faith by the Secured Party or (II) the most recent publicly available bid price for such security as reported by a quotation service or in a medium selected in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Secured Party, and (B) the applicable valuation percentage listed for such security in Exhibit I hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, if (i) a General Ratings Event has occurred, any Posted Collateral that consists of an item not specified in Exhibit II shall for purposes of the S&P Credit Support Amount be assigned a Value of zero (0), and (ii) a General Ratings Event or a Moody’s Ratings Event has occurred, any Posted Collateral that consists of an item not specified in Exhibit I shall for purposes of the Moody’s Credit Support Amount be assigned a Value of zero (0).”

 

(vii)                Paragraph 12 is hereby further amended by adding the following definitions (each in the correct alphabetical order):

 

“Adjusted Party B Exposure” means, on any Valuation Date, either (i) the Exposure of Party B on such Valuation Date (if such Exposure is a positive number), or (ii) zero (0) (if such Exposure is a negative number or zero (0)).

 

“Exposure” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 12, except that (i) after the word “Agreement” the words “(assuming, for this purpose only, that Part 1(l) of the Schedule is deleted)” shall be inserted and (ii) at the end of the definition of “Exposure”, the words “without assuming that the terms of such Replacement Transactions are materially less beneficial for Party B than the terms of this Agreement” shall be added.

 

“General Ratings Event” means that there shall have occurred and are continuing a Moody’s Ratings Event or an S&P Trigger Event.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating business of such entity.

 

“Moody’s Credit Support Amount” means the greater of the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount or the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount.

 

“Moody’s Ratings Event” means the occurrence of any Moody’s First Trigger Event or Moody’s Second Trigger Event.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating business of such entity.

 

“S&P Credit Support Amount” means (1) for any Valuation Date on which an S&P Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 10 Local Business Days (plus an additional 10 Local Business Days, if before the initial 10 Local Business Days expire, Party A provides to S&P written plans for collateral

 

F-41

 

posting or other remedies), the excess (if any) of (A) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Adjusted Party B Exposure on such Valuation Date and (y) the S&P Volatility Buffer Amount, over (B) the S&P Threshold for Party A on such Valuation Date, or (2) for any other Valuation Date, zero.

 

(viii)             Paragraph 7(iii) of this Annex shall not apply to Party B.

 

(ix)                     Marks.

 

Party A agrees that it shall (i) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an S&P Trigger Event, and at its sole expense, obtain and provide to S&P External Marks on a semiannual basis and (ii) make available to S&P Interim Marks on a monthly basis.  Party A may request that Party B (or an affiliate thereof) obtain any mark required to be provided pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence; provided that any such request shall not relieve Party A of its obligation to obtain and provide such marks to S&P.  For purposes of the foregoing:

 

“External Marks” means mark-to-market quotations of the Exposure obtained from a third party entity that is independent from Party A and that is able to enter into the Transactions being priced.

 

“Interim Marks” means mark-to-market quotations of the Exposure that may be obtained from pricing sources, internal pricing models or entities independent from Party A.

 

(x)                        With respect to S&P:

 

“S&P Volatility Buffer Amount” means the aggregate of the products of the S&P Volatility Buffer for each Transaction and the Notional Amount of each Transaction for the Calculation Period of each such Transaction which includes such Valuation Date.

 

“S&P Volatility Buffer” shall mean the percentage set forth in the following tables with respect to any Transaction:

 

S&P Volatility Buffers for Interest Rate Caps (Percent of Notional)

 

	
Interest Rate Cap tenor – remaining

maturity (years)
    	
 
    	
Caps (%)
    
	
< 3
    	
 
    	
8.5
    
	
>   3 and < 5
    	
 
    	
12.5
    
	
>   5 and < 10
    	
 
    	
15.0
    
	
>   10 and < 15
    	
 
    	
18.0
    
	
>15
    	
 
    	
21.0
    

 

F-42

 

(m)          Ratings Criteria.

 

“Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

 

(I)                                    (A) for any Valuation Date on which (I) no Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing or (II) a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred but has been continuing for less than 30 consecutive Local Business Days, an amount equal to the greater of (a) zero and (b) the sum of the Secured Party’s aggregate Exposure for all Transactions and the aggregate of the Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amounts for each Transaction.

 

For the purposes of this definition, the “Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amount” with respect to any Transaction shall mean the product of the applicable Moody’s First Trigger Factor set forth in Table A of Exhibit III and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

 

(B)                                for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

 

(II)                                the Moody’s Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

 

“Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

 

(I)                                    (A) for any Valuation Date on which a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and has been continuing for at least 30 consecutive Local Business Days, an amount equal to the greatest of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments (with the amount of any Next Payments whose amounts have not already been fixed being determined based on the rates prevailing on such Valuation Date) for all Next Payment Dates and (c) the sum of the Secured Party’s aggregate Exposure and the aggregate of the Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amounts for each Transaction.

 

For the purposes of this definition, the “Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amount” with respect to any Transaction shall mean:

 

if such Transaction is not a Transaction-Specific Hedge,

 

the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in Table B of Exhibit III and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

 

if such Transaction is a Transaction-Specific Hedge,

 

F-43

 

the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in Table C of Exhibit III and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

 

(B) for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

 

(II)                                the Moody’s Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

 

“Next Payment” means, in respect of each Next Payment Date, the greater of (i) the amount of any payments due to be made by Party A under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date less any payments due to be made by Party B under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date (in each case, after giving effect to any applicable netting under Section 2(c)) and (ii) zero.

 

“Next Payment Date” means each date on which the next scheduled payment under any Transaction is due to be paid.

 

“Transaction-Specific Hedge” means any Transaction that is a cap, floor or swaption, or a Transaction in respect of which (x) the notional amount of the swap is “balance guaranteed” or (y) the notional amount of the swap for any Calculation Period otherwise is not a specific dollar amount that is fixed at the inception of the Transaction.

 

F-44

 

EXHIBIT I

 

Moody’s Eligible Collateral and Valuation Percentages*

(USD-Denominated Liabilities)

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First
   Trigger Event
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second
   Trigger Event
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(A) U.S. Dollar Cash.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
100%
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(B) U.S. Treasury Securities: negotiable debt   obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department (“Treasuries”) having a   fixed rate and a remaining maturity of 1 year or less.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
100%
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(C)  Treasuries having a fixed and a remaining   maturity of greater than 1 year but not more than 10 years.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
99% (1-2 yr)
   98% (2-3 yr)
   97% (3-5 yr)
   96% (5-7 yr)
   94% (7-10 yr)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(D) Treasuries having a fixed rate and a   remaining maturity of greater than 10 years.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
90% (10-20 yr)
   88% (>20 yr)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(E) Treasuries having a floating rate.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
99%
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(F) Agency Securities: negotiable debt   obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home   Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), Federal   Farm Credit Banks (FFCB), Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA) or   Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) (collectively, “Agency Securities”) having a   fixed rate and a remaining maturity of (i) 1 year or less (Moody’s) or   (ii) less than one year (S&P).
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
99%
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(G) Agency Securities having a fixed rate and   a remaining maturity of (i) greater than 1 year (Moody’s) or   (ii) at least one year (S&P), but in each case not more than 5   years.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
99% (1-2 yr)
   98% (2-3 yr)
   96% (3-5 yr)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(H) Agency Securities having a fixed rate and   a remaining maturity of greater than 5 years but not more than 10 years.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
93%
    	
 
    

 

F-45

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First
   Trigger Event
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second
   Trigger Event
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(I) Agency Securities having a fixed rate and   a remaining maturity of 87% (>20 yr) greater than 10 years but not more   than 30 years.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
89% (10-20 yr)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(J) Agency Securities having a floating rate.
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    	
98%
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(K) Other.
    	
 
    	
0
    	
%
    	
0%
    	
 
    

 

* The Valuation Percentage for each item of Eligible Collateral shall (i) if a Moody’s First Trigger Event (but not a Moody’s Second Trigger Event) has occurred and is continuing or a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred but has been continuing for less than 30 Local Business Days, equal the applicable percentage specified under “Moody’s First Trigger Event”, and (ii) if a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and has been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, equal the applicable percentage specified under “Moody’s Second Trigger Event”.  All classes of Eligible Collateral shall be USD-denominated.  Also, the Valuation Percentage for any asset whose remaining maturity is a whole number of years shall (if applicable) be the lower of the Valuation Percentages which, under the Moody’s Second Trigger Event column, may be assigned to assets of the relevant type having such remaining maturity.

 

F-46

 

EXHIBIT II

 

‘AA’ Stressed Asset Price Haircuts

 

Remaining term to maturity (years)

 

	
Asset Type
    	
 
    	
Rating
    	
 
    	
<1
    	
 
    	
1-3
    	
 
    	
3-5
    	
 
    	
5-7
    	
 
    	
7-10
    	
 
    	
10-15
    	
 
    	
15-20
    	
 
    	
20+
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Haircut (%)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sovereign
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AAA
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
9
    	
 
    	
11
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
14
    	
 
    	
15
    	
 
    	
16
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
USD   Cash
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AAA
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Municipal   GO
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AAA
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
24
    	
 
    	
30
    	
 
    	
35
    	
 
    	
39
    	
 
    	
47
    	
 
    	
48
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AA
    	
 
    	
14
    	
 
    	
26
    	
 
    	
32
    	
 
    	
36
    	
 
    	
41
    	
 
    	
48
    	
 
    	
50
    	
 
    	
54
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
A
    	
 
    	
15
    	
 
    	
27
    	
 
    	
33
    	
 
    	
38
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
50
    	
 
    	
51
    	
 
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
BBB
    	
 
    	
17
    	
 
    	
29
    	
 
    	
35
    	
 
    	
39
    	
 
    	
50
    	
 
    	
57
    	
 
    	
59
    	
 
    	
65
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Municipal   revenue
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AAA
    	
 
    	
15
    	
 
    	
27
    	
 
    	
32
    	
 
    	
36
    	
 
    	
41
    	
 
    	
50
    	
 
    	
51
    	
 
    	
59
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AA
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
30
    	
 
    	
36
    	
 
    	
41
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
53
    	
 
    	
54
    	
 
    	
62
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
A
    	
 
    	
20
    	
 
    	
32
    	
 
    	
38
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
44
    	
 
    	
54
    	
 
    	
56
    	
 
    	
63
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
BBB
    	
 
    	
23
    	
 
    	
33
    	
 
    	
39
    	
 
    	
44
    	
 
    	
51
    	
 
    	
66
    	
 
    	
68
    	
 
    	
77
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Corporate
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AAA
    	
 
    	
20
    	
 
    	
29
    	
 
    	
33
    	
 
    	
38
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
51
    	
 
    	
60
    	
 
    	
62
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
AA
    	
 
    	
21
    	
 
    	
32
    	
 
    	
38
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
45
    	
 
    	
54
    	
 
    	
62
    	
 
    	
63
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
A
    	
 
    	
23
    	
 
    	
33
    	
 
    	
39
    	
 
    	
44
    	
 
    	
47
    	
 
    	
56
    	
 
    	
63
    	
 
    	
65
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
BBB
    	
 
    	
24
    	
 
    	
35
    	
 
    	
41
    	
 
    	
45
    	
 
    	
53
    	
 
    	
68
    	
 
    	
69
    	
 
    	
78
    

 

F-47

 

	
Municipal   and corporate
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
BB
    	
 
    	
33
    	
 
    	
48
    	
 
    	
51
    	
 
    	
54
    	
 
    	
59
    	
 
    	
69
    	
 
    	
71
    	
 
    	
80
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
B
    	
 
    	
42
    	
 
    	
60
    	
 
    	
62
    	
 
    	
63
    	
 
    	
71
    	
 
    	
77
    	
 
    	
80
    	
 
    	
89
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
CCC
    	
 
    	
59
    	
 
    	
81
    	
 
    	
89
    	
 
    	
93
    	
 
    	
95
    	
 
    	
100
    	
 
    	
100
    	
 
    	
100
    

 

GO—General obligation.

 

F-48

 

EXHIBIT III

 

Tables A, B and C for use in Calculating the Moody’s Credit Support Amount

 

TABLE A

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges
    	
 
    
	
1 year or less
    	
 
    	
0.15
    	
%
    	
1.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    	
 
    	
0.30
    	
%
    	
1.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 2 years but not more than 3 years
    	
 
    	
0.40
    	
%
    	
1.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 3 years but not more than 4 years
    	
 
    	
0.60
    	
%
    	
1.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 4 years but not more than 5 years
    	
 
    	
0.70
    	
%
    	
1.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 5 years but not more than 6 years
    	
 
    	
0.80
    	
%
    	
1.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 6 years but not more than 7 years
    	
 
    	
1.00
    	
%
    	
1.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 7 years but not more than 8 years
    	
 
    	
1.10
    	
%
    	
1.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 8 years but not more than 9 years
    	
 
    	
1.20
    	
%
    	
1.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 9 years but not more than 10 years
    	
 
    	
1.30
    	
%
    	
1.90
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 10 years but not more than 11 years
    	
 
    	
1.40
    	
%
    	
1.90
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 11 years but not more than 12 years
    	
 
    	
1.50
    	
%
    	
2.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 12 years but not more than 13 years
    	
 
    	
1.60
    	
%
    	
2.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 13 years but not more than 14 years
    	
 
    	
1.70
    	
%
    	
2.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 14 years but not more than 15 years
    	
 
    	
1.80
    	
%
    	
2.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 15 years but not more than 16 years
    	
 
    	
1.90
    	
%
    	
2.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 16 years but not more than 17 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 17 years but not more than 18 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.40
    	
%
    

 

F-49

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s First Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges
    	
 
    
	
Greater than 18 years but not more than 19 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 19 years but not more than 20 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 20 years but not more than 21 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 21 years but not more than 22 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 22 years but not more than 23 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 23 years but not more than 24 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 24 years but not more than 25 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 25 years but not more than 26 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 26 years but not more than 27 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 27 years but not more than 28 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 28 years but not more than 29 years
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    
	
30 years or more
    	
 
    	
2.00
    	
%
    	
2.50
    	
%
    

 

TABLE B

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    
	
1 year or less
    	
 
    	
0.50
    	
%
    	
6.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    	
 
    	
1.00
    	
%
    	
6.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 2 years but not more than 3 years
    	
 
    	
1.50
    	
%
    	
6.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 3 years but not more than 4 years
    	
 
    	
1.90
    	
%
    	
6.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 4 years but not more than 5 years
    	
 
    	
2.40
    	
%
    	
6.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 5 years but not more than 6 years
    	
 
    	
2.80
    	
%
    	
6.80
    	
%
    

 

F-50

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    
	
Greater than 6 years but not more than 7 years
    	
 
    	
3.20
    	
%
    	
7.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 7 years but not more than 8 years
    	
 
    	
3.60
    	
%
    	
7.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 8 years but not more than 9 years
    	
 
    	
4.00
    	
%
    	
7.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 9 years but not more than 10 years
    	
 
    	
4.40
    	
%
    	
7.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 10 years but not more than 11 years
    	
 
    	
4.70
    	
%
    	
7.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 11 years but not more than 12 years
    	
 
    	
5.00
    	
%
    	
7.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 12 years but not more than 13 years
    	
 
    	
5.40
    	
%
    	
7.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 13 years but not more than 14 years
    	
 
    	
5.70
    	
%
    	
7.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 14 years but not more than 15 years
    	
 
    	
6.00
    	
%
    	
7.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 15 years but not more than 16 years
    	
 
    	
6.30
    	
%
    	
7.90
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 16 years but not more than 17 years
    	
 
    	
6.60
    	
%
    	
8.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 17 years but not more than 18 years
    	
 
    	
6.90
    	
%
    	
8.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 18 years but not more than 19 years
    	
 
    	
7.20
    	
%
    	
8.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 19 years but not more than 20 years
    	
 
    	
7.50
    	
%
    	
8.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 20 years but not more than 21 years
    	
 
    	
7.80
    	
%
    	
8.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 21 years but not more than 22 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 22 years but not more than 23 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 23 years but not more than 24 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 24 years but not more than 25 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 25 years but not more than 26 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 26 years but not more than 27 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.80
    	
%
    

 

F-51

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    
	
Greater than 27 years but not more than 28 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 28 years but not more than 29 years
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
8.90
    	
%
    
	
30 years or more
    	
 
    	
8.00
    	
%
    	
9.00
    	
%
    

 

TABLE C

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    
	
1 year or less
    	
 
    	
0.65
    	
%
    	
6.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    	
 
    	
1.30
    	
%
    	
6.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 2 years but not more than 3 years
    	
 
    	
1.90
    	
%
    	
6.90
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 3 years but not more than 4 years
    	
 
    	
2.50
    	
%
    	
7.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 4 years but not more than 5 years
    	
 
    	
3.10
    	
%
    	
7.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 5 years but not more than 6 years
    	
 
    	
3.60
    	
%
    	
7.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 6 years but not more than 7 years
    	
 
    	
4.20
    	
%
    	
7.90
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 7 years but not more than 8 years
    	
 
    	
4.70
    	
%
    	
8.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 8 years but not more than 9 years
    	
 
    	
5.20
    	
%
    	
8.40
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 9 years but not more than 10 years
    	
 
    	
5.70
    	
%
    	
8.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 10 years but not more than 11 years
    	
 
    	
6.10
    	
%
    	
8.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 11 years but not more than 12 years
    	
 
    	
6.50
    	
%
    	
9.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 12 years but not more than 13 years
    	
 
    	
7.00
    	
%
    	
9.20
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 13 years but not more than 14 years
    	
 
    	
7.40
    	
%
    	
9.40
    	
%
    

 

F-52

 

	
Weighted Average Life of

Hedge in Years
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for single currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    	
Moody’s Second Trigger
   Factors for cross-currency
   hedges that are not
   Transaction-Specific Hedges
    	
 
    
	
Greater than 14 years but not more than 15 years
    	
 
    	
7.80
    	
%
    	
9.60
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 15 years but not more than 16 years
    	
 
    	
8.20
    	
%
    	
9.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 16 years but not more than 17 years
    	
 
    	
8.60
    	
%
    	
10.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 17 years but not more than 18 years
    	
 
    	
9.00
    	
%
    	
10.10
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 18 years but not more than 19 years
    	
 
    	
9.40
    	
%
    	
10.30
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 19 years but not more than 20 years
    	
 
    	
9.70
    	
%
    	
10.50
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 20 years but not more than 21 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
10.70
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 21 years but not more than 22 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
10.80
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 22 years but not more than 23 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 23 years but not more than 24 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 24 years but not more than 25 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 25 years but not more than 26 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 26 years but not more than 27 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 27 years but not more than 28 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
Greater than 28 years but not more than 29 years
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    
	
30 years or more
    	
 
    	
10.00
    	
%
    	
11.00
    	
%
    

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

F-53

 

Accepted and agreed:

 

	
[                                            ]
    	
CHESAPEAKE   FUNDING LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
Date:
    	
 
    	
Date:
    

 

 

F-54

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00195-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00195-of-00352.parquet"}]]